<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE ThML PUBLIC 
    "-//CCEL/DTD Theological Markup Language//EN"
    "http://www.ccel.org/dtd/ThML10.dtd">
    
<!-- Copyright Christian Classics Ethereal Library -->
<ThML>
<ThML.head>

<generalInfo>
  <description>
    A sequel and continuation of <i>Ascent of Mount Carmel</i>, the <i>Dark Night of the Soul</i>
    is a spiritually moving and mystical book. In it, St. John of the Cross 
    continues his description of the soul's journey--the "dark night"--to 
    the "divine union of the love of God." A poet at heart, St. John describes the 
    journey and the union with beautifully rich and deeply symbolic language. 
    However, St. John does not simply describe the journey; he seems at times to be 
    offering encouragement and comfort directly to readers as they too struggle 
    with the excruciating dark night.  Offering hope to the downtrodden and 
    discouraged, the <i>Dark Night of the Soul</i> is one of the most difficult books a 
    person can read, but its difficulty is surpassed by its reward. One of the most 
    profound works of Christian mysticism, this book is highly recommended for 
    those seeking union with God. 
    <br /><br />Tim Perrine<br />CCEL Staff Writer
	<br /><br />It now also comes with a helpful introduction and extensive notes.
  </description>
  <pubHistory />
  <comments>(tr. William Whiston)</comments>
</generalInfo>

<printSourceInfo>
 <published />
</printSourceInfo>

<electronicEdInfo>
  <publisherID>ccel</publisherID>
  <authorID>john_cross</authorID>
  <bookID>dark_night</bookID>
  <workID>dark_night</workID>
  <bkgID>dark_night_of_the_soul_(john_cross)</bkgID>
  <version />
  <series />

  <DC>
    <DC.Title>Dark Night of the Soul</DC.Title>
    <DC.Creator sub="Author" scheme="short-form">St. John of the Cross</DC.Creator>
    <DC.Creator sub="Author" scheme="file-as">John of the Cross, St. (1542-1591)</DC.Creator>
    <DC.Publisher>Grand Rapids, MI: Christian Classics Ethereal Library</DC.Publisher>
    <DC.Subject scheme="LCCN">BV5080</DC.Subject>
    <DC.Subject scheme="lcsh1">Practical theology</DC.Subject>
    <DC.Subject scheme="lcsh2">Practical religion. The Christian life</DC.Subject>
    <DC.Subject scheme="lcsh3">Mysticism</DC.Subject>
    <DC.Subject scheme="ccel">All; Classic; Mysticism; Proofed </DC.Subject>
    <DC.Date sub="Created">2000-07-09</DC.Date>
    <DC.Type>Text.Monograph</DC.Type>
    <DC.Format scheme="IMT">text/html</DC.Format>
    <DC.Identifier scheme="URL">/ccel/john_cross/dark_night.html</DC.Identifier>
    <DC.Source />
    <DC.Source scheme="URL" />
    <DC.Language scheme="ISO639-3">eng</DC.Language>
    <DC.Rights />
  </DC>

</electronicEdInfo>


<style type="text/css">
p.normal	{ text-indent:0in; margin-bottom:9pt; text-align:justify }
</style>

<style type="text/xcss">
<selector element="p" class="normal">
  <property name="text-indent" value="0in" />
  <property name="margin-bottom" value="9pt" />
  <property name="text-align" value="justify" />
</selector>
</style>


</ThML.head>


	<ThML.body>

<div1 title="Title Page" progress="0.17%" prev="toc" next="ii" id="i">
<h1 id="i-p0.1">DARK NIGHT OF THE SOUL </h1>

<h3 id="i-p0.2">by</h3>
<h1 id="i-p0.3">Saint John of the Cross </h1>

<div style="margin-top:24pt; margin-bottom:48pt" id="i-p0.4">
<h2 id="i-p0.5">DOCTOR OF THE CHURCH</h2>
<h2 id="i-p0.6">THIRD REVISED EDITION</h2>
</div>

<div style="text-indent:0in; text-align:center; " id="i-p0.7">
<div style="font-size:large" id="i-p0.8">
<p id="i-p1">Translated and edited, with an Introduction,</p>
<p id="i-p2">by E. ALLISON PEERS</p>
<p style="margin-top:12pt" id="i-p3">from the critical edition of <br />
P. SILVERIO DE SANTA TERESA, C.D.</p>


<p style="margin-top:12pt" id="i-p4">TO THE <br />
DISCALCED CARMELITES OF CASTILE,</p>
</div>
<div style="margin-top:12pt; font-weight:bold" id="i-p4.2">
<p style="line-height: 200%" id="i-p5">WITH ABIDING MEMORIES OF THEIR HOSPITALITY AND KINDNESS <br />
IN MADRID, ÁVILA AND BURGOS, <br />
BUT ABOVE ALL OF THEIR DEVOTION TO <br />
SAINT JOHN OF THE CROSS, <br />
I DEDICATE THIS TRANSLATION</p>
</div>
</div>
</div1>

<div1 title="Preface to the Electronic Edition" progress="0.31%" prev="i" next="iii" id="ii">

<h2 id="ii-p0.1">PREFACE TO THE ELECTRONIC EDITION</h2>

<p class="normal" id="ii-p1">This electronic edition (v 0.9) was scanned in 1994
from an uncopyrighted 1959 Image 
Books third edition of the <i>Dark Night</i>. 
The entire text except for the translator’s preface and some of 
the footnotes have been reproduced. Nearly 400 footnotes (and parts 
of footnotes) describing variations among manuscripts have been 
omitted. Page number references in the footnotes have 
been changed to chapter and section where possible. This edition has 
been proofread once, but additional errors may remain. The 
translator’s preface to the first and 
second editions may be found with the electronic edition of <i>Ascent of Mount Carmel.</i></p>
</div1>

<div1 title="Principal Abbreviations" progress="0.52%" prev="ii" next="iv" id="iii">
<h2 id="iii-p0.1">PRINCIPAL ABBREVIATIONS</h2>

<p class="normal" id="iii-p1">A.V.—Authorized Version of the Bible (1611).</p>
<p class="normal" id="iii-p2">D.V.—Douai Version of the Bible (1609).</p>
<p class="normal" id="iii-p3">C.W.S.T.J.—<i>The Complete Works of Saint Teresa of Jesus</i>, translated and 
edited by E. Allison Peers from the critical edition of P. Silverio de Santa 
Teresa, C.D. London, Sheed and Ward, 1946. 3 vols.</p>
<p class="normal" id="iii-p4">H.—E. Allison Peers: <i>Handbook to the Life and Times of St. Teresa and St. 
John of the Cross</i>. London, Burns Oates and Washbourne, 1953.</p>
<p class="normal" id="iii-p5">LL.—<i>The Letters of Saint Teresa of Jesus</i>, translated and edited by E. Allison 
Peers from the critical edition of P. Silverio de Santa Teresa, C.D. London, 
Burns Oates and Washbourne, 1951. 2 vols.</p>
<p class="normal" id="iii-p6">N.L.M.—National Library of Spain (Biblioteca Nacional), Madrid.</p>
<p class="normal" id="iii-p7">Obras (P. Silv.)—<i>Obras de San Juan de la Cruz</i>, Doctor de la Iglesia, editadas 
y anotadas por el P. Silverio de Santa Teresa, C.D. Burgos, 1929–31. 5 vols.</p>
<p class="normal" id="iii-p8">S.S.M.—E. Allison Peers: <i>Studies of the Spanish Mystics</i>. Vol. I, London, 
Sheldon Press, 1927; 2nd ed., London, S.P.C.K., 1951. Vol. II, London, Sheldon 
Press, 1930.</p>
<p class="normal" id="iii-p9">Sobrino.—Jose Antonio de Sobrino, S.J.: <i>Estudios sobre San Juan de la Cruz 
y nuevos textos de su obra</i>. Madrid, 1950.</p>

</div1>

<div1 title="Introduction" progress="0.87%" prev="iii" next="v" id="iv">
<h1 id="iv-p0.1">DARK NIGHT OF THE SOUL</h1>

<h2 id="iv-p0.2">INTRODUCTION</h2>
<p class="normal" id="iv-p1">SOMEWHAT reluctantly, out of respect for a venerable tradition, we publish the
<i>Dark Night</i> as a separate treatise, though in reality it is a continuation 
of the <i>Ascent of Mount Carmel</i> and fulfils the undertakings given in it:</p>

<blockquote id="iv-p1.1">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="iv-p2"><i>The first night or purgation is of the sensual part of the soul, which is 
treated in the present stanza, and will be treated in the first part of this 
book. And the second is of the spiritual part; of this speaks the second stanza, 
which follows; and of this we shall treat likewise, in the second and the third 
part, with respect to the activity of the soul; and in the fourth part, with 
respect to its passivity.</i><note n="1" id="iv-p2.1"><i>Ascent</i>, Bk. I, chap. i, sect. 2.</note></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="iv-p3">This ‘fourth part’ is the <i>Dark Night</i>. Of it the Saint writes in a passage 
which follows that just quoted:</p>

<blockquote id="iv-p3.1">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="iv-p4"><i>And the second night, or purification, pertains to those who are already 
proficient, occurring at the time when God desires to bring them to the state 
of union with God. And this latter night is a more obscure and dark and terrible 
purgation, as we shall say afterwards.</i><note n="2" id="iv-p4.1">Op. cit., sect. 3.</note></p></blockquote><p class="normal" id="iv-p5">In his three earlier books he has written of the Active Night, of Sense and of 
Spirit; he now proposes to deal with the Passive Night, in the same order. He has 
already taught us how we are to deny and purify ourselves with the ordinary help 
of grace, in order to prepare our senses and faculties for union with God through 
love. He now proceeds to explain, with an arresting freshness, how these same senses 
and faculties are purged and purified by God with a view to the same end—that of 
union. The combined description of the two nights completes the presentation of 
active and passive purgation, to which the Saint limits himself in these treatises, 
although the subject of the stanzas which he is glossing is a much wider one, comprising 
the whole of the mystical life and ending only with the Divine embraces of the soul 
transformed in God through love.</p>
<p class="normal" id="iv-p6">The stanzas expounded by the Saint are taken from the same poem in the two treatises. 
The commentary upon the second, however, is very different from that upon the first, 
for it assumes a much more advanced state of development. The Active Night has left 
the senses and faculties well prepared, though not completely prepared, for the 
reception of Divine influences and illuminations in greater abundance than before. 
The Saint here postulates a principle of dogmatic theology—that by himself, and 
with the ordinary aid of grace, man cannot attain to that degree of purgation which 
is essential to his transformation in God. He needs Divine aid more abundantly. 
‘However greatly the soul itself labours,’ writes the Saint, ‘it cannot actively 
purify itself so as to be in the least degree prepared for the Divine union of perfection 
of love, if God takes not its hand and purges it not in that dark fire.’<note n="3" id="iv-p6.1"><i>Dark 
Night</i>, Bk. 1, chap. iii, sect. 3.</note></p>
<p class="normal" id="iv-p7">The Passive Nights, in which it is God Who accomplishes the purgation, are based 
upon this incapacity. Souls ‘begin to enter’ this dark night</p>

<blockquote id="iv-p7.1">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="iv-p8"><i>when God draws them forth from the state of beginners—which is the state 
of those that meditate on the spiritual road—and begins to set them in the 
state of progressives—which is that of those who are already contemplatives—to 
the end that, after passing through it, they may arrive at the state of the 
perfect, which is that of the Divine union of the soul with God.</i><note n="4" id="iv-p8.1"><i>Op. cit.,</i> Bk. I, chap. i, sect. 1.</note></p></blockquote><p class="normal" id="iv-p9">Before explaining the nature and effects of this Passive Night, the Saint touches, 
in passing, upon certain imperfections found in those who are about to enter it 
and which it removes by the process of purgation. Such travellers are still untried 
proficients, who have not yet acquired mature habits of spirituality and who therefore 
still conduct themselves as children. The imperfections are examined one by one, 
following the order of the seven deadly sins, in chapters (ii-viii) which once more 
reveal the author’s skill as a director of souls. They are easy chapters to understand, 
and of great practical utility, comparable to those in the first book of the <i>
Ascent</i> which deal with the active purgation of the desires of sense.</p>
<p class="normal" id="iv-p10">In Chapter viii, St. John of the Cross begins to describe the Passive Night of 
the senses, the principal aim of which is the purgation or stripping of the soul 
of its imperfections and the preparation of it for fruitive union. The Passive Night 
of Sense, we are told, is ‘common’ and ‘comes to many,’ whereas that of Spirit ‘is 
the portion of very few.’<note n="5" id="iv-p10.1"><i>Dark Night</i>, Bk. 1, chap. viii, sect. 1.</note>  
The one is ‘bitter and terrible’ but ‘the second bears no comparison with it,’ for 
it is ‘horrible and awful to the spirit.’<note n="6" id="iv-p10.2"><i>Op. cit</i>., Bk. I, chap. viii, sect. 2.</note> 
A good deal of literature on the former Night existed in the time of St. John of 
the Cross and he therefore promises to be brief in his treatment of it. Of the latter, 
on the other hand, he will ‘treat more fully . . . since very little has been said 
of this, either in speech or in writing, and very little is known of it, even by 
experience.’<note n="7" id="iv-p10.3"><i>Ibid.</i></note></p>
<p class="normal" id="iv-p11">Having described this Passive Night of Sense in Chapter viii, he explains with 
great insight and discernment how it may be recognized whether any given aridity 
is a result of this Night or whether it comes from sins or imperfections, or from 
frailty or lukewarmness of spirit, or even from indisposition or ‘humours’ of the 
body. The Saint is particularly effective here, and we may once more compare this 
chapter with a similar one in the <i>Ascent</i> (II, xiii)—that in which he fixes 
the point where the soul may abandon discursive meditation and enter the contemplation 
which belongs to loving and simple faith.</p>
<p class="normal" id="iv-p12">Both these chapters have contributed to the reputation of St. John of the Cross 
as a consummate spiritual master. And this not only for the objective value of his 
observations, but because, even in spite of himself, he betrays the sublimity of 
his own mystical experiences. Once more, too, we may admire the crystalline transparency 
of his teaching and the precision of the phrases in which he clothes it. To judge 
by his language alone, one might suppose at times that he is speaking of mathematical, 
rather than of spiritual operations.</p>
<p class="normal" id="iv-p13">In Chapter x, the Saint describes the discipline which the soul in this Dark 
Night must impose upon itself; this, as might be logically deduced from the <i>Ascent</i>, 
consists in ‘allowing the soul to remain in peace and quietness,’ content ‘with 
a peaceful and loving attentiveness toward God.’<note n="8" id="iv-p13.1"><i>Dark Night</i>, Bk. I, chap. x, sect. 4.</note> 
Before long it will experience enkindlings of love (Chapter xi), which will serve 
to purify its sins and imperfections and draw it gradually nearer to God; we have 
here, as it were, so many stages of the ascent of the Mount on whose summit the 
soul attains to transforming union. Chapters xii and xiii detail with great exactness 
the benefits that the soul receives from this aridity, while Chapter xiv briefly 
expounds the last line of the first stanza and brings to an end what the Saint desires 
to say with respect to the first Passive Night.</p>
<p class="normal" id="iv-p14">At only slightly greater length St. John of the Cross describes the Passive Night 
of the Spirit, which is at once more afflictive and more painful than those which 
have preceded it. This, nevertheless, is the Dark Night <i>par excellence</i>, of 
which the Saint speaks in these words: ‘The night which we have called that of sense 
may and should be called a kind of correction and restraint of the desire rather 
than purgation. The reason is that all the imperfections and disorders of the sensual 
part have their strength and root in the spirit, where all habits, both good and 
bad, are brought into subjection, and thus, until these are purged, the rebellions 
and depravities of sense cannot be purged thoroughly.’<note n="9" id="iv-p14.1"><i>Op. cit</i>., Bk. II, chap. iii, sect. 1.</note></p>
<p class="normal" id="iv-p15">Spiritual persons, we are told, do not enter the second night immediately after 
leaving the first; on the contrary, they generally pass a long time, even years, 
before doing so,<note n="10" id="iv-p15.1"><i>Op. cit</i>., Bk. II, chap. i, sect. 1.</note> 
for they still have many imperfections, both habitual and actual (Chapter ii). After 
a brief introduction (Chapter iii), the Saint describes with some fullness the nature 
of this spiritual purgation or dark contemplation referred to in the first stanza 
of his poem and the varieties of pain and affliction caused by it, whether in the 
soul or in its faculties (Chapters iv-viii). These chapters are brilliant beyond 
all description; in them we seem to reach the culminating point of their author’s 
mystical experience; any excerpt from them would do them an injustice. It must suffice 
to say that St. John of the Cross seldom again touches those same heights of sublimity.
</p>
<p class="normal" id="iv-p16">Chapter ix describes how, although these purgations seem to blind the spirit, 
they do so only to enlighten it again with a brighter and intenser light, which 
it is preparing itself to receive with greater abundance. The following chapter 
makes the comparison between spiritual purgation and the log of wood which gradually 
becomes transformed through being immersed in fire and at last takes on the fire’s 
own properties. The force with which the familiar similitude is driven home impresses 
indelibly upon the mind the fundamental concept of this most sublime of all purgations. 
Marvellous, indeed, are its effects, from the first enkindlings and burnings of 
Divine love, which are greater beyond comparison than those produced by the Night 
of Sense, the one being as different from the other as is the body from the soul. 
‘For this (latter) is an enkindling of spiritual love in the soul, which, in the 
midst of these dark confines, feels itself to be keenly and sharply wounded in strong 
Divine love, and to have a certain realization and foretaste of God.’<note n="11" id="iv-p16.1"><i>Dark Night</i>, Bk. II, chap. xi, sect. 1.</note> 
No less wonderful are the effects of the powerful Divine illumination which from 
time to time enfolds the soul in the splendours of glory. When the effects of the 
light that wounds and yet illumines are combined with those of the enkindlement 
that melts the soul with its heat, the delights experienced are so great as to be 
ineffable.</p>
<p class="normal" id="iv-p17">The second line of the first stanza of the poem is expounded in three admirable 
chapters (xi-xiii), while one short chapter (xiv) suffices for the three lines remaining. 
We then embark upon the second stanza, which describes the soul’s security in the
<i>Dark Night</i>—due, among other reasons, to its being freed ‘not only from itself, 
but likewise from its other enemies, which are the world and the devil.’<note n="12" id="iv-p17.1"><i>Dark Night</i>, Bk. II, chap. xvi, sect. 2. </note></p>
<p class="normal" id="iv-p18">This contemplation is not only dark, but also secret (Chapter xvii), and in Chapter 
xviii is compared to the ‘staircase’ of the poem. This comparison suggests to the 
Saint an exposition (Chapters xviii, xix) of the ten steps or degrees of love which 
comprise St. Bernard’s mystical ladder. Chapter xxi describes the soul’s ‘disguise,’ 
from which the book passes on (Chapters xxii, xxiii) to extol the ‘happy chance’ 
which led it to journey ‘in darkness and concealment’ from its enemies, both without 
and within.</p>
<p class="normal" id="iv-p19">Chapter xxiv glosses the last line of the second stanza—‘my house being now 
at rest.’ Both the higher and the lower ‘portions of the soul’ are now tranquillized 
and prepared for the desired union with the Spouse, a union which is the subject 
that the Saint proposed to treat in his commentary on the five remaining stanzas. 
As far as we know, this commentary was never written. We have only the briefest 
outline of what was to have been covered in the third, in which, following the same 
effective metaphor of night, the Saint describes the excellent properties of the 
spiritual night of infused contemplation, through which the soul journeys with no 
other guide or support, either outward or inward, than the Divine love ‘which burned 
in my heart.’</p>
<p class="normal" id="iv-p20">It is difficult to express adequately the sense of loss that one feels at the 
premature truncation of this eloquent treatise.<note n="13" id="iv-p20.1">[On this, see Sobrino, pp. 159–66.]</note> 
We have already given our opinion<note n="14" id="iv-p20.2">Cf. pp. lviii–lxiii, <i>Ascent of Mount Carmel</i> (Image 
Books edition).</note> 
upon the commentaries thought to have been written on the final stanzas of the ‘Dark 
Night.’ Did we possess them, they would explain the birth of the light—‘dawn’s 
first breathings in the heav’ns above’—which breaks through the black darkness 
of the Active and the Passive Nights; they would tell us, too, of the soul’s further 
progress towards the Sun’s full brightness. It is true, of course, that some part 
of this great gap is filled by St. John of the Cross himself in his other treatises, 
but it is small compensation for the incomplete state in which he left this edifice 
of such gigantic proportions that he should have given us other and smaller buildings 
of a somewhat similar kind. Admirable as are the <i>Spiritual Canticle</i> and the
<i>Living Flame of Love</i>, they are not so completely knit into one whole as is 
this great double treatise. They lose both in flexibility and in substance through 
the closeness with which they follow the stanzas of which they are the exposition. 
In the <i>Ascent</i> and the <i>Dark Night</i>, on the other hand, we catch only 
the echoes of the poem, which are all but lost in the resonance of the philosopher’s 
voice and the eloquent tones of the preacher. Nor have the other treatises the learning 
and the authority of these. Nowhere else does the genius of St. John of the Cross 
for infusing philosophy into his mystical dissertations find such an outlet as here. 
Nowhere else, again, is he quite so appealingly human; for, though he is human even 
in his loftiest and sublimest passages, this intermingling of philosophy with mystical 
theology makes him seem particularly so. These treatises are a wonderful illustration 
of the theological truth that grace, far from destroying nature, ennobles and dignifies 
it, and of the agreement always found between the natural and the supernatural—between 
the principles of sound reason and the sublimest manifestations of Divine grace.</p>

</div1>

<div1 title="Manuscripts Of The Dark Night" progress="5.23%" prev="iv" next="vi" id="v">
<h2 id="v-p0.1">MANUSCRIPTS OF THE DARK NIGHT </h2>
<p class="normal" id="v-p1">The autograph of the <i>Dark Night</i>, like that of the <i>Ascent of Mount Carmel</i>, 
is unknown to us: the second seems to have disappeared in the same period as the 
first. There are extant, however, as many as twelve early copies of the <i>Dark 
Night</i>, some of which, though none of them is as palaeographically accurate as 
the best copy of the <i>Ascent</i>, are very reliable; there is no trace in them 
of conscious adulteration of the original or of any kind of modification to fit 
the sense of any passage into a preconceived theory. We definitely prefer one of 
these copies to the others but we nowhere follow it so literally as to incorporate 
in our text its evident discrepancies from its original.</p>
<p class="normal" id="v-p2"><i>MS</i>. 3,446. An early MS. in the clear masculine hand of an Andalusian: 
MS. 3,446 in the National Library, Madrid. Like many others, this MS. was transferred 
to the library from the Convento de San Hermenegildo at the time of the religious 
persecutions in the early nineteenth century; it had been presented to the Archives 
of the Reform by the Fathers of Los Remedios, Seville—a Carmelite house founded 
by P. Grecián in 1574. It has no title and a fragment from the <i>Living Flame of 
Love</i> is bound up with it.</p>
<p class="normal" id="v-p3">This MS. has only two omissions of any length; these form part respectively of 
Book II, Chapters xix and xxiii, dealing with the Passive Night of the Spirit. It 
has many copyist’s errors. At the same time, its antiquity and origin, and the good 
faith of which it shows continual signs, give it, in our view, primacy over the 
other copies now to come under consideration. It must be made clear, nevertheless, 
that there is no extant copy of the <i>Dark Night</i> as trustworthy and as skilfully 
made as the Alcaudete MS. of the <i>Ascent</i>.</p>
<p class="normal" id="v-p4"><i>MS. of the Carmelite Nuns of Toledo</i>. Written in three hands, all early. 
Save for a few slips of the copyist, it agrees with the foregoing; a few of its 
errors have been corrected. It bears no title, but has a long sub-title which is 
in effect a partial summary of the argument.</p>
<p class="normal" id="v-p5"><i>MS. of the Carmelite Nuns of Valladolid</i>. This famous convent, which was one of 
St. Teresa’s foundations, is very rich in Teresan autographs, and has also a number 
of important documents relating to St. John of the Cross, together with some copies 
of his works. That here described is written in a large, clear hand and probably 
dates from the end of the sixteenth century. It has a title similar to that of the 
last-named copy. With few exceptions it follows the other most important MSS.
</p>
<p class="normal" id="v-p6"><i>MS. Alba de Tormes</i>. What has been said of this in the introduction to 
the <i>Ascent</i> (Image Books edition, pp. 6–7) applies also to the <i>Dark Night</i>. 
It is complete, save for small omissions on the part of the amanuensis, the ‘Argument’ 
at the beginning of the poem, the verses themselves and a few lines from Book II, 
Chapter vii.</p>
<p class="normal" id="v-p7"><i>MS</i>. 6,624. This copy is almost identical with the foregoing. It omits 
the ‘Argument’ and the poem itself but not the lines from Book II, Chapter vii.
</p>
<p class="normal" id="v-p8"><i>MS</i>. 8,795. This contains the <i>Dark Night</i>, <i>Spiritual Canticle</i>,
<i>Living Flame</i> of Love, a number of poems by St. John of the Cross and the
<i>Spiritual Colloquies between Christ and the soul His Bride.</i> It is written 
in various hands, all very early and some feminine. A note by P. Andrés de la Encarnación, 
on the reverse of the first folio, records that the copy was presented to the Archives 
of the Reform by the Discalced Carmelite nuns of Baeza. This convent was founded 
in 1589, two years before the Saint’s death, and the copy may well date from about 
this period. On the second folio comes the poem ‘I entered in—I knew not where.’ 
On the reverse of the third folio begins a kind of preface to the <i>Dark Night</i>, 
opening with the words: ‘Begin the stanzas by means of which a soul may occupy itself 
and become fervent in the love of God. It deals with the Dark Night and is divided 
into two books. The first treats of the purgation of sense, and the second of the 
spiritual purgation of man. It was written by P. Fr. Juan de la Cruz, Discalced 
Carmelite.’ On the next folio, a so-called ‘Preface: To the Reader’ begins: ‘As 
a beginning and an explanation of these two purgations of the Dark Night which are 
to be expounded hereafter, this chapter will show how narrow is the path that leads 
to eternal life and how completely detached and disencumbered must be those that 
are to enter thereby.’ This fundamental idea is developed for the space of two folios. 
There follows a sonnet on the <i>Dark Night</i>,<note n="15" id="v-p8.1">[It contains a series of paradoxical statements, after 
the style of those in <i>Ascent</i>, Bk. I, chap. xiii, and is of no great literary 
merit. P. Silverio reproduces it in Spanish on p. 302 (note) of his first volume.]</note> and 
immediately afterwards comes the text of the treatise.</p>
<p class="normal" id="v-p9">The copy contains many errors, but its only omission is that of the last chapter. 
There is no trace in it of any attempt to modify its original; indeed, the very 
nature and number of the copyist’s errors are a testimony to his good faith.</p>
<p class="normal" id="v-p10"><i>MS</i>. 12,658. A note by P. Andrés states that he acquired it in Madrid but 
has no more detailed recollection of its provenance. ‘The <i>Dark Night</i>,’ it 
adds, ‘begins on folio 43; our holy father is described simply as “the second friar 
of the new Reformation,”<note n="16" id="v-p10.1">The ‘first friar’ would be P. Antonio de Jesús, who was 
senior to St. John of the Cross in the Carmelite Order, though not in the Reform.</note> 
which is clear evidence of its antiquity.’</p>
<p class="normal" id="v-p11">The Codex contains a number of opuscules, transcribed no doubt with a devotional 
aim by the copyist. Its epoch is probably the end of the sixteenth century; it is 
certainly earlier than the editions. There is no serious omission except that of 
six lines of the ‘Argument.’ The authors of the other works copied include St. Augustine, 
B. Juan de Ávila, P. Baltasar Álvarez and P. Tomás de Jesús.</p>
<p class="normal" id="v-p12">The copies which remain to be described are all mutilated or abbreviated and 
can be disposed of briefly:</p>
<p class="normal" id="v-p13"><i>MS</i>. 13,498. This copy omits less of the <i>Dark Night</i> than of the
<i>Ascent</i> but few pages are without their omissions. In one place a meticulous 
pair of scissors has removed the lower half of a folio on which the Saint deals 
with spiritual luxury.</p>
<p class="normal" id="v-p14"><i>MS. of the Carmelite Friars of Toledo</i>. Dates from early in the seventeenth 
century and has numerous omissions, especially in the chapters on the Passive Night 
of the Spirit. The date is given (in the same hand as that which copies the title) 
as 1618. This MS. also contains an opuscule by Suso and another entitled ‘Brief 
compendium of the most eminent Christian perfection of P. Fr. Juan de la Cruz.’
</p>
<p class="normal" id="v-p15"><i>MS</i>. 18,160. The copyist has treated the <i>Dark Night</i> little better 
than the <i>Ascent</i>; except from the first ten and the last three chapters, he 
omits freely.</p>
<p class="normal" id="v-p16"><i>MS</i>. 12,411. Entitled by its copyist ’spiritual Compendium,’ this MS. contains 
several short works of devotion, including one by Ruysbroeck. Of St. John of the 
Cross’s works it copies the <i>Spiritual Canticle</i> as well as the <i>Dark Night</i>; 
the latter is headed: ’song of one soul alone.’ It also contains a number of poems, 
some of them by the Saint, and many passages from St. Teresa. It is in several hands, 
all of the seventeenth century. The copy of the <i>Dark Night</i> is most unsatisfactory; 
there are omissions and abbreviations everywhere.</p>
<p class="normal" id="v-p17"><i>M.S. of the Carmelite Nuns of Pamplona</i>. This MS. also omits and abbreviates 
continually, especially in the chapters on the Passive Night of Sense, which are 
reduced to a mere skeleton.</p>


<p class="normal" id="v-p18"><i>Editio princeps</i>. This is much more faithful to its original in the <i>
Dark Night</i> than in the <i>Ascent</i>. Both the passages suppressed<note n="17" id="v-p18.1">The longest of these are one of ten lines in Bk. I, chap. 
iv, [in the original] and those of Bk. II, chaps. vii, viii, xii, xiii, which vary 
from eleven to twenty-three lines. Bk. II, chap. xxiii, has also considerable modifications.</note> 
and the interpolations<note n="18" id="v-p18.2">The chief interpolation is in Bk. I, chap. x.</note> 
are relatively few and unimportant. Modifications of phraseology are more frequent 
and alterations are also made with the aim of correcting hyperbaton. In the first 
book about thirty lines are suppressed; in the second, about ninety. All changes 
which are of any importance have been shown in the notes.</p>

<p class="normal" id="v-p19"><i>The present edition</i>. We have given preference, as a general rule, to MS. 
3,446, subjecting it, however, to a rigorous comparison with the other copies. Mention 
has already been made in the introduction to the <i>Ascent</i> (Image Books edition, 
pp. lxiii–lxvi) of certain apparent anomalies and a certain lack of uniformity in 
the Saint’s method of dividing his commentaries. This is nowhere more noticeable 
than in the <i>Dark Night</i>. Instead of dividing his treatise into books, each 
with its proper title, the Saint abandons this method and uses titles only occasionally. 
As this makes comprehension of his argument the more difficult, we have adopted 
the divisions which were introduced by P. Salablanca and have been copied by successive 
editors.</p>
<p class="normal" id="v-p20">M. Baruzi (<i>Bulletin Hispanique</i>, 1922, Vol. xxiv, pp. 18–40) complains 
that this division weighs down the spiritual rhythm of the treatise and interrupts 
its movement. We do not agree. In any case, we greatly prefer the gain of clarity, 
even if the rhythm occasionally halts, to the other alternative—the constant halting 
of the understanding. We have, of course, indicated every place where the title 
is taken from the <i>editio princeps</i> and was not the work of the author.</p>

<p class="normal" id="v-p21">The following abbreviations are adopted in the footnotes:</p>

<p class="normal" id="v-p22">A = MS. of the Discalced Carmelite Friars of Alba.</p>
<p class="normal" id="v-p23">B = MS. 6,624 (National Library, Madrid).</p>
<p class="normal" id="v-p24">Bz. = MS. 8,795 (N.L.M.).</p>
<p class="normal" id="v-p25">C = MS. 13,498 (N.L.M.).</p>
<p class="normal" id="v-p26">G = MS. 18,160 (N.L.M.).</p>
<p class="normal" id="v-p27">H = MS. 3,446 (N.L.M.).</p>
<p class="normal" id="v-p28">M = MS. of the Discalced Carmelite Nuns of Toledo.</p>
<p class="normal" id="v-p29">Mtr. = MS. 12,658.</p>
<p class="normal" id="v-p30">P = MS. of the Discalced Carmelite Friars of Toledo.</p>
<p class="normal" id="v-p31">V = MS. of the Discalced Carmelite Nuns of Valladolid.</p>
<p class="normal" id="v-p32">E.p. = Editio princeps (1618).</p>

<p class="normal" id="v-p33">MS. 12,411 and the MS. of the Discalced Carmelite nuns of Pamplona are cited 
without abbreviations.</p>

</div1>

<div1 title="Prologue" progress="8.31%" prev="v" next="vii" id="vi">

<h1 id="vi-p0.1">DARK NIGHT </h1>
<blockquote id="vi-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="vi-p1"><i>Exposition of the stanzas describing the method followed by the soul in its 
journey upon the spiritual road to the attainment of the perfect union of love 
with God, to the extent that is possible in this life. Likewise are described 
the properties belonging to the soul that has attained to the said perfection, 
according as they are contained in the same stanzas.</i></p></blockquote>

<h2 id="vi-p1.1">PROLOGUE</h2>
<p class="normal" id="vi-p2">IN this book are first set down all the stanzas which are to be expounded; afterwards, 
each of the stanzas is expounded separately, being set down before its exposition; 
and then each line is expounded separately and in turn, the line itself also being 
set down before the exposition. In the first two stanzas are expounded the effects 
of the two spiritual purgations: of the sensual part of man and of the spiritual 
part. In the other six are expounded various and wondrous effects of the spiritual 
illumination and union of love with God.</p>


<h2 id="vi-p2.1">STANZAS OF THE SOUL </h2>
<blockquote style="margin-left:20%" id="vi-p2.2">
<p class="normal" id="vi-p3">1. <i>On a dark night, Kindled in love with yearnings—oh, happy chance!—<br />
I went forth without being observed, My house being now at rest. </i></p>
<p class="normal" id="vi-p4">2.<i> In darkness and secure, By the secret ladder, disguised—oh, happy chance!—<br />
In darkness and in concealment, My house being now at rest.</i></p>
<p class="normal" id="vi-p5">3.<i> In the happy night, In secret, when none saw me,<br />
Nor I beheld aught, Without light or guide, save that which burned in my heart.</i></p>
<p class="normal" id="vi-p6">4.<i> This light guided me More surely than the light of noonday<br />
To the place where he (well I knew who!) was awaiting me— A place where none 
appeared.</i></p>
<p class="normal" id="vi-p7">5.<i> Oh, night that guided me, Oh, night more lovely than the dawn,<br />
Oh, night that joined Beloved with lover, Lover transformed in the Beloved!</i></p>
<p class="normal" id="vi-p8">6.<i> Upon my flowery breast, Kept wholly for himself alone,<br />
There he stayed sleeping, and I caressed him, And the fanning of the cedars 
made a breeze.</i></p>
<p class="normal" id="vi-p9">7.<i> The breeze blew from the turret As I parted his locks;<br />
With his gentle hand he wounded my neck And caused all my senses to be suspended.</i></p>
<p class="normal" id="vi-p10">8.<i> I remained, lost in oblivion; My face I reclined on the Beloved.<br />
All ceased and I abandoned myself, Leaving my cares forgotten among the lilies.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="vi-p11">Begins the exposition of the stanzas which treat of the way and manner which 
the soul follows upon the road of the union of love with God.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vi-p12">Before we enter upon the exposition of these stanzas, it is well to understand 
here that the soul that utters them is now in the state of perfection, which is 
the union of love with God, having already passed through severe trials and straits, 
by means of spiritual exercise in the narrow way of eternal life whereof Our Saviour 
speaks in the Gospel, along which way the soul ordinarily passes in order to reach 
this high and happy union with God. Since this road (as the Lord Himself says likewise) 
is so strait, and since there are so few that enter by it,<note n="19" id="vi-p12.1"><scripRef passage="Matthew 7:14" id="vi-p12.2" parsed="|Matt|7|14|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Matt.7.14">St. Matthew vii, 14.</scripRef></note> 
the soul considers it a great happiness and good chance to have passed along it 
to the said perfection of love, as it sings in this first stanza, calling this strait 
road with full propriety ‘dark night,’ as will be explained hereafter in the lines 
of the said stanza. The soul, then, rejoicing at having passed along this narrow 
road whence so many blessings have come to it, speaks after this manner.</p>

</div1>

<div1 title="Book The First" progress="9.31%" prev="vi" next="vii.i" id="vii">
<h1 id="vii-p0.1">BOOK THE FIRST </h1>
<h4 id="vii-p0.2">Which treats of the Night of Sense. </h4>

<h2 id="vii-p0.3">STANZA THE FIRST </h2>
<blockquote id="vii-p0.4">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="vii-p1"><i>On a dark night, Kindled in love with yearnings—oh, happy chance!—</i><br />
<i>I went forth without being observed, My house being now at rest.</i></p></blockquote>
<h2 id="vii-p1.2">EXPOSITION</h2>
<p class="normal" id="vii-p2">IN this first stanza the soul relates the way and manner which it followed in 
going forth, as to its affection, from itself and from all things, and in dying 
to them all and to itself, by means of true mortification, in order to attain to 
living the sweet and delectable life of love with God; and it says that this going 
forth from itself and from all things was a ‘dark night,’ by which, as will be explained 
hereafter, is here understood purgative contemplation, which causes passively in 
the soul the negation of itself and of all things referred to above.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii-p3">2. And this going forth it says here that it was able to accomplish in the strength 
and ardour which love for its Spouse gave to it for that purpose in the dark contemplation 
aforementioned. Herein it extols the great happiness which it found in journeying 
to God through this night with such signal success that none of the three enemies, 
which are world, devil and flesh (who are they that ever impede this road), could 
hinder it; inasmuch as the aforementioned night of purgative<note n="20" id="vii-p3.1">[More exactly: ‘purificative.’]</note> 
contemplation lulled to sleep and mortified, in the house of its sensuality, all 
the passions and desires with respect to their mischievous desires and motions. 
The line, then, says:</p>

<h2 id="vii-p3.2">On a dark night </h2>

<div2 title="Chapter I. Sets down the first line and begins to treat of the imperfections of beginners." progress="9.77%" prev="vii" next="vii.ii" id="vii.i">
<h2 id="vii.i-p0.1">CHAPTER I </h2>
<blockquote id="vii.i-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="vii.i-p1"><i>Sets down the first line and begins to treat of the imperfections of beginners.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="vii.i-p2">INTO this dark night souls begin to enter when God draws them forth from the 
state of beginners—which is the state of those that meditate on the spiritual road—and 
begins to set them in the state of progressives—which is that of those who are 
already contemplatives—to the end that, after passing through it, they may arrive 
at the state of the perfect, which is that of the Divine union of the soul with 
God. Wherefore, to the end that we may the better understand and explain what night 
is this through which the soul passes, and for what cause God sets it therein, it 
will be well here to touch first of all upon certain characteristics of beginners 
(which, although we treat them with all possible brevity, will not fail to be of 
service likewise to the beginners themselves), in order that, realizing the weakness 
of the state wherein they are, they may take courage, and may desire that God will 
bring them into this night, wherein the soul is strengthened and confirmed in the 
virtues, and made ready for the inestimable delights of the love of God. And, although 
we may tarry here for a time, it will not be for longer than is necessary, so that 
we may go on to speak at once of this dark night.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.i-p3">2. It must be known, then, that the soul, after it has been definitely converted 
to the service of God, is, as a rule, spiritually nurtured and caressed by God, 
even as is the tender child by its loving mother, who warms it with the heat of 
her bosom and nurtures it with sweet milk and soft and pleasant food, and carries 
it and caresses it in her arms; but, as the child grows bigger, the mother gradually 
ceases caressing it, and, hiding her tender love, puts bitter aloes upon her sweet 
breast, sets down the child from her arms and makes it walk upon its feet, so that 
it may lose the habits of a child and betake itself to more important and substantial 
occupations. The loving mother is like the grace of God, for, as soon as the soul 
is regenerated by its new warmth and fervour for the service of God, He treats it 
in the same way; He makes it to find spiritual milk, sweet and delectable, in all 
the things of God, without any labour of its own, and also great pleasure in spiritual 
exercises, for here God is giving to it the breast of His tender love, even as to 
a tender child.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.i-p4">3. Therefore, such a soul finds its delight in spending long periods—perchance 
whole nights—in prayer; penances are its pleasures; fasts its joys; and its consolations 
are to make use of the sacraments and to occupy itself in Divine things. In the 
which things spiritual persons (though taking part in them with great efficacy and 
persistence and using and treating them with great care) often find themselves, 
spiritually speaking, very weak and imperfect. For since they are moved to these 
things and to these spiritual exercises by the consolation and pleasure that they 
find in them, and since, too, they have not been prepared for them by the practice 
of earnest striving in the virtues, they have many faults and imperfections with 
respect to these spiritual actions of theirs; for, after all, any man’s actions 
correspond to the habit of perfection attained by him. And, as these persons have 
not had the opportunity of acquiring the said habits of strength, they have necessarily 
to work like feebler children, feebly. In order that this may be seen more clearly, 
and likewise how much these beginners in the virtues lacks with respect to the works 
in which they so readily engage with the pleasure aforementioned, we shall describe 
it by reference to the seven capital sins, each in its turn, indicating some of 
the many imperfections which they have under each heading; wherein it will be clearly 
seen how like to children are these persons in all they do. And it will also be 
seen how many blessings the dark night of which we shall afterwards treat brings 
with it, since it cleanses the soul and purifies it from all these imperfections.</p>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter II. Of certain spiritual imperfections which beginners have with respect to the  habit of pride." progress="11.02%" prev="vii.i" next="vii.iii" id="vii.ii">
<h2 id="vii.ii-p0.1">CHAPTER II </h2>
<blockquote id="vii.ii-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="vii.ii-p1"><i>Of certain spiritual imperfections which beginners have with respect to the 
habit of pride.</i></p></blockquote><p class="normal" id="vii.ii-p2">AS these beginners feel themselves to be very fervent and diligent in spiritual 
things and devout exercises, from this prosperity (although it is true that holy 
things of their own nature cause humility) there often comes to them, through their 
imperfections, a certain kind of secret pride, whence they come to have some degree 
of satisfaction with their works and with themselves. And hence there comes to them 
likewise a certain desire, which is somewhat vain, and at times very vain, to speak 
of spiritual things in the presence of others, and sometimes even to teach such 
things rather than to learn them. They condemn others in their heart when they see 
that they have not the kind of devotion which they themselves desire; and sometimes 
they even say this in words, herein resembling the Pharisee, who boasted of himself, 
praising God for his own good works and despising the publican.<note n="21" id="vii.ii-p2.1"><scripRef passage="Luke 18:11-12" id="vii.ii-p2.2" parsed="|Luke|18|11|18|12" osisRef="Bible:Luke.18.11-Luke.18.12">St. Luke xviii, 11-12.</scripRef></note></p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.ii-p3">2. In these persons the devil often increases the fervour that they have and 
the desire to perform these and other works more frequently, so that their pride 
and presumption may grow greater. For the devil knows quite well that all these 
works and virtues which they perform are not only valueless to them, but even become 
vices in them. And such a degree of evil are some of these persons wont to reach 
that they would have none appear good save themselves; and thus, in deed and word, 
whenever the opportunity occurs, they condemn them and slander them, beholding the 
mote in their brother’s eye and not considering the beam which is in their own;<note n="22" id="vii.ii-p3.1"><scripRef passage="Matthew 7:3" id="vii.ii-p3.2" parsed="|Matt|7|3|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Matt.7.3">St. Matthew vii, 3.</scripRef></note> 
they strain at another’s gnat and themselves swallow a camel.<note n="23" id="vii.ii-p3.3"><scripRef passage="Matthew 23:24" id="vii.ii-p3.4" parsed="|Matt|23|24|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Matt.23.24">St. Matthew xxiii, 24.</scripRef></note>
</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.ii-p4">3. Sometimes, too, when their spiritual masters, such as confessors and superiors, 
do not approve of their spirit and behavior (for they are anxious that all they 
do shall be esteemed and praised), they consider that they do not understand them, 
or that, because they do not approve of this and comply with that, their confessors 
are themselves not spiritual. And so they immediately desire and contrive to find 
some one else who will fit in with their tastes; for as a rule they desire to speak 
of spiritual matters with those who they think will praise and esteem what they 
do, and they flee, as they would from death, from those who disabuse them in order 
to lead them into a safe road—sometimes they even harbour ill-will against them. 
Presuming thus,<note n="24" id="vii.ii-p4.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘Presuming.’]</note> 
they are wont to resolve much and accomplish very little. Sometimes they are anxious 
that others shall realize how spiritual and devout they are, to which end they occasionally 
give outward evidence thereof in movements, sighs and other ceremonies; and at times 
they are apt to fall into certain ecstasies, in public rather than in secret, wherein 
the devil aids them, and they are pleased that this should be noticed, and are often 
eager that it should be noticed more.<note n="25" id="vii.ii-p4.2">[The original merely has: ‘and are often eager.’]</note></p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.ii-p5">4. Many such persons desire to be the favourites of their confessors and to become 
intimate with them, as a result of which there beset them continual occasions of 
envy and disquiet.<note n="26" id="vii.ii-p5.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘a thousand envies and disquietudes.’]</note> 
They are too much embarrassed to confess their sins nakedly, lest their confessors 
should think less of them, so they palliate them and make them appear less evil, 
and thus it is to excuse themselves rather than to accuse themselves that they go 
to confession. And sometimes they seek another confessor to tell the wrongs that 
they have done, so that their own confessor shall think they have done nothing wrong 
at all, but only good; and thus they always take pleasure in telling him what is 
good, and sometimes in such terms as make it appear to be greater than it is rather 
than less, desiring that he may think them to be good, when it would be greater 
humility in them, as we shall say, to depreciate it, and to desire that neither 
he nor anyone else should consider them of account.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.ii-p6">5. Some of these beginners, too, make little of their faults, and at other times 
become over-sad when they see themselves fall into them, thinking themselves to 
have been saints already; and thus they become angry and impatient with themselves, 
which is another imperfection. Often they beseech God, with great yearnings, that 
He will take from them their imperfections and faults, but they do this that they 
may find themselves at peace, and may not be troubled by them, rather than for God’s 
sake; not realizing that, if He should take their imperfections from them, they 
would probably become prouder and more presumptuous still. They dislike praising 
others and love to be praised themselves; sometimes they seek out such praise. Herein 
they are like the foolish virgins, who, when their lamps could not be lit, sought 
oil from others.<note n="27" id="vii.ii-p6.1"><scripRef passage="Matthew 25:8" id="vii.ii-p6.2" parsed="|Matt|25|8|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Matt.25.8">St. Matthew xxv, 8</scripRef>. [<i>Lit.</i>, ‘who, having their lamps 
dead, sought oil from without.’]</note></p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.ii-p7">6. From these imperfections some souls go on to develop<note n="28" id="vii.ii-p7.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘to have.’]</note> 
many very grave ones, which do them great harm. But some have fewer and some more, 
and some, only the first motions thereof or little beyond these; and there are hardly 
any such beginners who, at the time of these signs of fervour,<note n="29" id="vii.ii-p7.2">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘these fervours.’]</note> 
fall not into some of these errors.<note n="30" id="vii.ii-p7.3">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘into something of this.’]</note> 
But those who at this time are going on to perfection proceed very differently and 
with quite another temper of spirit; for they progress by means of humility and 
are greatly edified, not only thinking naught of their own affairs, but having very 
little satisfaction with themselves; they consider all others as far better, and 
usually have a holy envy of them, and an eagerness to serve God as they do. For 
the greater is their fervour, and the more numerous are the works that they perform, 
and the greater is the pleasure that they take in them, as they progress in humility, 
the more do they realize how much God deserves of them, and how little is all that 
they do for His sake; and thus, the more they do, the less are they satisfied. So 
much would they gladly do from charity and love for Him, that all they do seems 
to them naught; and so greatly are they importuned, occupied and absorbed by this 
loving anxiety that they never notice what others do or do not; or if they do notice 
it, they always believe, as I say, that all others are far better than they themselves. 
Wherefore, holding themselves as of little worth, they are anxious that others too 
should thus hold them, and should despise and depreciate that which they do. And 
further, if men should praise and esteem them, they can in no wise believe what 
they say; it seems to them strange that anyone should say these good things of them.
</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.ii-p8">7. Together with great tranquillity and humbleness, these souls have a deep desire 
to be taught by anyone who can bring them profit; they are the complete opposite 
of those of whom we have spoken above, who would fain be always teaching, and who, 
when others seem to be teaching them, take the words from their mouths as if they 
knew them already. These souls, on the other hand, being far from desiring to be 
the masters of any, are very ready to travel and set out on another road than that 
which they are actually following, if they be so commanded, because they never think 
that they are right in anything whatsoever. They rejoice when others are praised; 
they grieve only because they serve not God like them. They have no desire to speak 
of the things that they do, because they think so little of them that they are ashamed 
to speak of them even to their spiritual masters, since they seem to them to be 
things that merit not being spoken of. They are more anxious to speak of their faults 
and sins, or that these should be recognized rather than their virtues; and thus 
they incline to talk of their souls with those who account their actions and their 
spirituality of little value. This is a characteristic of the spirit which is simple, 
pure, genuine and very pleasing to God. For as the wise Spirit of God dwells in 
these humble souls, He moves them and inclines them to keep His treasures secretly 
within and likewise to cast out from themselves all evil. God gives this grace to 
the humble, together with the other virtues, even as He denies it to the proud.
</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.ii-p9">8. These souls will give their heart’s blood to anyone that serves God, and will 
help others to serve Him as much as in them lies. The imperfections into which they 
see themselves fall they bear with humility, meekness of spirit and a loving fear 
of God, hoping in Him. But souls who in the beginning journey with this kind of 
perfection are, as I understand, and as has been said, a minority, and very few 
are those who we can be glad do not fall into the opposite errors. For this reason, 
as we shall afterwards say, God leads into the dark night those whom He desires 
to purify from all these imperfections so that He may bring them farther onward.</p>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter III. Of some imperfections which some of these souls are apt to have, with respect  to the second capital sin, which is avarice, in the spiritual sense." progress="13.82%" prev="vii.ii" next="vii.iv" id="vii.iii">
<h2 id="vii.iii-p0.1">CHAPTER III</h2>
<blockquote id="vii.iii-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="vii.iii-p1"><i>Of some imperfections which some of these souls are apt to have, with respect 
to the second capital sin, which is avarice, in the spiritual sense.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="vii.iii-p2">MANY of these beginners have also at times great spiritual avarice. They will 
be found to be discontented with the spirituality which God gives them; and they 
are very disconsolate and querulous because they find not in spiritual things the 
consolation that they would desire. Many can never have enough of listening to counsels 
and learning spiritual precepts, and of possessing and reading many books which 
treat of this matter, and they spend their time on all these things rather than 
on works of mortification and the perfecting of the inward poverty of spirit which 
should be theirs. Furthermore, they burden themselves with images and rosaries which 
are very curious; now they put down one, now take up another; now they change about, 
now change back again; now they want this kind of thing, now that, preferring one 
kind of cross to another, because it is more curious. And others you will see adorned 
with <span lang="LA" id="vii.iii-p2.1">agnusdeis</span><note n="31" id="vii.iii-p2.2">The <i><span lang="LA" id="vii.iii-p2.3">agnusdei</span></i> was a wax medal with a representation 
of the lamb stamped upon it, often blessed by the Pope; at the time of the Saint 
such medals were greatly sought after, as we know from various references in St. Teresa’s letters.</note> 
and relics and tokens,<note n="32" id="vii.iii-p2.4">[The word <i><span lang="ES" id="vii.iii-p2.5">nómina</span></i>, translated ‘token,’ and normally 
meaning list, or ‘roll,’ refers to a relic on which were written the names of saints. 
In modern Spanish it can denote a medal or amulet used superstitiously.]</note> 
like children with trinkets. Here I condemn the attachment of the heart, and the 
affection which they have for the nature, multitude and curiosity of these things, 
inasmuch as it is quite contrary to poverty of spirit which considers only the substance 
of devotion, makes use only of what suffices for that end and grows weary of this 
other kind of multiplicity and curiosity. For true devotion must issue from the 
heart, and consist in the truth and substances alone of what is represented by spiritual 
things; all the rest is affection and attachment proceeding from imperfection; and 
in order that one may pass to any kind of perfection it is necessary for such desires 
to be killed.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.iii-p3">2. I knew a person who for more than ten years made use of a cross roughly formed 
from a branch<note n="33" id="vii.iii-p3.1">[No doubt a branch of palm, olive or rosemary, blessed 
in church on Palm Sunday, like the English palm crosses of to-day. ‘Palm Sunday’ 
is in Spanish <i><span lang="ES" id="vii.iii-p3.2">Domingo de ramos</span>:</i> ‘Branch Sunday.’]</note> 
that had been blessed, fastened with a pin twisted round it; he had never ceased 
using it, and he always carried it about with him until I took it from him; and 
this was a person of no small sense and understanding. And I saw another who said 
his prayers using beads that were made of bones from the spine of a fish; his devotion 
was certainly no less precious on that account in the sight of God, for it is clear 
that these things carried no devotion in their workmanship or value. Those, then, 
who start from these beginnings and make good progress attach themselves to no visible 
instruments, nor do they burden themselves with such, nor desire to know more than 
is necessary in order that they may act well; for they set their eyes only on being 
right with God and on pleasing Him, and therein consists their covetousness. And 
thus with great generosity they give away all that they have, and delight to know 
that they have it not, for God’s sake and for charity to their neighbour, no matter 
whether these be spiritual things or temporal. For, as I say, they set their eyes 
only upon the reality of interior perfection, which is to give pleasure to God and 
in naught to give pleasure to themselves.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.iii-p4">3. But neither from these imperfections nor from those others can the soul be 
perfectly purified until God brings it into the passive purgation of that dark night 
whereof we shall speak presently. It befits the soul, however, to contrive to labour, 
in so far as it can, on its own account, to the end that it may purge and perfect 
itself, and thus may merit being taken by God into that Divine care wherein it becomes 
healed of all things that it was unable of itself to cure. Because, however greatly 
the soul itself labours, it cannot actively purify itself so as to be in the least 
degree prepared for the Divine union of perfection of love, if God takes not its 
hand and purges it not in that dark fire, in the way and manner that we have to 
describe.</p>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter IV. Of other imperfections which these beginners are apt to have with respect  to the third sin, which is luxury." progress="15.21%" prev="vii.iii" next="vii.v" id="vii.iv">
<h2 id="vii.iv-p0.1">CHAPTER IV </h2>
<blockquote id="vii.iv-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="vii.iv-p1"><i>Of other imperfections which these beginners are apt to have with respect 
to the third sin, which is luxury.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="vii.iv-p2">MANY of these beginners have many other imperfections than those which I am describing 
with respect to each of the deadly sins, but these I set aside, in order to avoid 
prolixity, touching upon a few of the most important, which are, as it were, the 
origin and cause of the rest. And thus, with respect to this sin of luxury (leaving 
apart the falling of spiritual persons into this sin, since my intent is to treat 
of the imperfections which have to be purged by the dark night), they have many 
imperfections which might be described as spiritual luxury, not because they are 
so, but because the imperfections proceed from spiritual things. For it often comes 
to pass that, in their very spiritual exercises, when they are powerless to prevent 
it, there arise and assert themselves in the sensual part of the soul impure acts 
and motions, and sometimes this happens even when the spirit is deep in prayer, 
or engaged in the Sacrament of Penance or in the Eucharist. These things are not, 
as I say, in their power; they proceed from one of three causes.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.iv-p3">2. The first cause from which they often proceed is the pleasure which human 
nature takes in spiritual things. For when the spirit and the sense are pleased, 
every part of a man is moved by that pleasure<note n="34" id="vii.iv-p3.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘recreation.’]</note> 
to delight according to its proportion and nature. For then the spirit, which is 
the higher part, is moved to pleasure<note n="35" id="vii.iv-p3.2">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘recreation.’]</note> 
and delight in God; and the sensual nature, which is the lower part, is moved to 
pleasure and delight of the senses, because it cannot possess and lay hold upon 
aught else, and it therefore lays hold upon that which comes nearest to itself, 
which is the impure and sensual. Thus it comes to pass that the soul is in deep 
prayer with God according to the spirit, and, on the other hand, according to sense 
it is passively conscious, not without great displeasure, of rebellions and motions 
and acts of the senses, which often happens in Communion, for when the soul receives 
joy and comfort in this act of love, because this Lord bestows it (since it is to 
that end that He gives Himself), the sensual nature takes that which is its own 
likewise, as we have said, after its manner. Now as, after all, these two parts 
are combined in one individual, they ordinarily both participate in that which one 
of them receives, each after its manner; for, as the philosopher says, everything 
that is received is in the recipient after the manner of the same recipient. And 
thus, in these beginnings, and even when the soul has made some progress, its sensual 
part, being imperfect, oftentimes receives the Spirit of God with the same imperfection. 
Now when this sensual part is renewed by the purgation of the dark night which we 
shall describe, it no longer has these weaknesses; for it is no longer this part 
that receives aught, but rather it is itself received into the Spirit. And thus 
it then has everything after the manner of the Spirit.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.iv-p4">3. The second cause whence these rebellions sometimes proceed is the devil, who, 
in order to disquiet and disturb the soul, at times when it is at prayer or is striving 
to pray, contrives to stir up these motions of impurity in its nature; and if the 
soul gives heed to any of these, they cause it great harm. For through fear of these 
not only do persons become lax in prayer—which is the aim of the devil when he 
begins to strive with them—but some give up prayer altogether, because they think 
that these things attack them more during that exercise than apart from it, which 
is true, since the devil attacks them then more than at other times, so that they 
may give up spiritual exercises. And not only so, but he succeeds in portraying 
to them very vividly things that are most foul and impure, and at times are very 
closely related to certain spiritual things and persons that are of profit to their 
souls, in order to terrify them and make them fearful; so that those who are affected 
by this dare not even look at anything or meditate upon anything, because they immediately 
encounter this temptation. And upon those who are inclined to melancholy this acts 
with such effect that they become greatly to be pitied since they are suffering 
so sadly; for this trial reaches such a point in certain persons, when they have 
this evil humour, that they believe it to be clear that the devil is ever present 
with them and that they have no power to prevent this, although some of these persons 
can prevent his attack by dint of great effort and labour. When these impurities 
attack such souls through the medium of melancholy, they are not as a rule freed 
from them until they have been cured of that kind of humour, unless the dark night 
has entered the soul, and rids them of all impurities, one after another.<note n="36" id="vii.iv-p4.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘of everything.’]</note></p>

<p class="normal" id="vii.iv-p5">4. The third source whence these impure motions are apt to proceed in order to 
make war upon the soul is often the fear which such persons have conceived for these 
impure representations and motions. Something that they see or say or think brings 
them to their mind, and this makes them afraid, so that they suffer from them through 
no fault of their own.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.iv-p6">5. There are also certain souls of so tender and frail a nature that, when there 
comes to them some spiritual consolation or some grace in prayer, the spirit of 
luxury is with them immediately, inebriating and delighting their sensual nature 
in such manner that it is as if they were plunged into the enjoyment and pleasure 
of this sin; and the enjoyment remains, together with the consolation, passively, 
and sometimes they are able to see that certain impure and unruly acts have taken 
place. The reason for this is that, since these natures are, as I say, frail and 
tender, their humours are stirred up and their blood is excited at the least disturbance. 
And hence come these motions; and the same thing happens to such souls when they 
are enkindled with anger or suffer any disturbance or grief.<note n="37" id="vii.iv-p6.1">All writers who comment upon this delicate matter go into 
lengthy and learned explanations of it, though in reality there is little that needs 
to be added to the Saint’s clear and apt exposition. It will be remembered that 
St. Teresa once wrote to her brother Lorenzo, who suffered in this way: ‘As to those 
stirrings of sense. . . . I am quite clear they are of no account, so the best thing 
is to make no account of them’ (LL. 168). The most effective means of calming souls 
tormented by these favours is to commend them to a discreet and wise director whose 
counsel they may safely follow. The Illuminists committed the grossest errors in 
dealing with this matter.</note></p>

<p class="normal" id="vii.iv-p7">6. Sometimes, again, there arises within these spiritual persons, whether they 
be speaking or performing spiritual actions, a certain vigour and bravado, through 
their having regard to persons who are present, and before these persons they display 
a certain kind of vain gratification. This also arises from luxury of spirit, after 
the manner wherein we here understand it, which is accompanied as a rule by complacency 
in the will.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.iv-p8">7. Some of these persons make friendships of a spiritual kind with others, which 
oftentimes arise from luxury and not from spirituality; this may be known to be 
the case when the remembrance of that friendship causes not the remembrance and 
love of God to grow, but occasions remorse of conscience. For, when the friendship 
is purely spiritual, the love of God grows with it; and the more the soul remembers 
it, the more it remembers the love of God, and the greater the desire it has for 
God; so that, as the one grows, the other grows also. For the spirit of God has 
this property, that it increases good by adding to it more good, inasmuch as there 
is likeness and conformity between them. But, when this love arises from the vice 
of sensuality aforementioned, it produces the contrary effects; for the more the 
one grows, the more the other decreases, and the remembrance of it likewise. If 
that sensual love grows, it will at once be observed that the soul’s love of God 
is becoming colder, and that it is forgetting Him as it remembers that love; there 
comes to it, too, a certain remorse of conscience. And, on the other hand, if the 
love of God grows in the soul, that other love becomes cold and is forgotten; for, 
as the two are contrary to one another, not only does the one not aid the other, 
but the one which predominates quenches and confounds the other, and becomes strengthened 
in itself, as the philosophers say. Wherefore Our Saviour said in the Gospel: ‘That 
which is born of the flesh is flesh, and that which is born of the Spirit is spirit.’<note n="38" id="vii.iv-p8.1"><scripRef passage="John 3:6" id="vii.iv-p8.2" parsed="|John|3|6|0|0" osisRef="Bible:John.3.6">St. John iii, 6.</scripRef></note> 
That is to say, the love which is born of sensuality ends in sensuality, and that 
which is of the spirit ends in the spirit of God and causes it to grow. This is 
the difference that exists between these two kinds of love, whereby we may know 
them.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.iv-p9">8. When the soul enters the dark night, it brings these kinds of love under control. 
It strengthens and purifies the one, namely that which is according to God; and 
the other it removes and brings to an end; and in the beginning it causes both to 
be lost sight of, as we shall say hereafter.</p>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter V. Of the imperfections into which beginners fall with respect to the sin of  wrath." progress="18.10%" prev="vii.iv" next="vii.vi" id="vii.v">
<h2 id="vii.v-p0.1">CHAPTER V</h2>
<blockquote id="vii.v-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="vii.v-p1"><i>Of the imperfections into which beginners fall with respect to the sin of 
wrath.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="vii.v-p2">BY reason of the concupiscence which many beginners have for spiritual consolations, 
their experience of these consolations is very commonly accompanied by many imperfections 
proceeding from the sin of wrath; for, when their delight and pleasure in spiritual 
things come to an end, they naturally become embittered, and bear that lack of sweetness 
which they have to suffer with a bad grace, which affects all that they do; and 
they very easily become irritated over the smallest matter—sometimes, indeed, none 
can tolerate them. This frequently happens after they have been very pleasantly 
recollected in prayer according to sense; when their pleasure and delight therein 
come to an end, their nature is naturally vexed and disappointed, just as is the 
child when they take it from the breast of which it was enjoying the sweetness. 
There is no sin in this natural vexation, when it is not permitted to indulge itself, 
but only imperfection, which must be purged by the aridity and severity of the dark 
night.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.v-p3">2. There are other of these spiritual persons, again, who fall into another kind 
of spiritual wrath: this happens when they become irritated at the sins of others, 
and keep watch on those others with a sort of uneasy zeal. At times the impulse 
comes to them to reprove them angrily, and occasionally they go so far as to indulge 
it<note n="39" id="vii.v-p3.1">[<i>Lit.</i> ‘they even do it.’]</note> and set themselves up as masters of virtue. All this is contrary to spiritual meekness.
</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.v-p4">3. There are others who are vexed with themselves when they observe their own 
imperfectness, and display an impatience that is not humility; so impatient are 
they about this that they would fain be saints in a day. Many of these persons purpose 
to accomplish a great deal and make grand resolutions; yet, as they are not humble 
and have no misgivings about themselves, the more resolutions they make, the greater 
is their fall and the greater their annoyance, since they have not the patience 
to wait for that which God will give them when it pleases Him; this likewise is 
contrary to the spiritual meekness aforementioned, which cannot be wholly remedied 
save by the purgation of the dark night. Some souls, on the other hand, are so patient 
as regards the progress which they desire that God would gladly see them less so.</p>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter VI. Of imperfections with respect to spiritual gluttony." progress="18.83%" prev="vii.v" next="vii.vii" id="vii.vi">
<h2 id="vii.vi-p0.1">CHAPTER VI</h2>
<blockquote id="vii.vi-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="vii.vi-p1"><i>Of imperfections with respect to spiritual gluttony.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="vii.vi-p2">WITH respect to the fourth sin, which is spiritual gluttony, there is much to 
be said, for there is scarce one of these beginners who, however satisfactory his 
progress, falls not into some of the many imperfections which come to these beginners 
with respect to this sin, on account of the sweetness which they find at first in 
spiritual exercises. For many of these, lured by the sweetness and pleasure which 
they find in such exercises, strive more after spiritual sweetness than after spiritual 
purity and discretion, which is that which God regards and accepts throughout the 
spiritual journey.<note n="40" id="vii.vi-p2.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘spiritual road.’]</note> 
Therefore, besides the imperfections into which the seeking for sweetness of this 
kind makes them fall, the gluttony which they now have makes them continually go 
to extremes, so that they pass beyond the limits of moderation within which the 
virtues are acquired and wherein they have their being. For some of these persons, 
attracted by the pleasure which they find therein, kill themselves with penances, 
and others weaken themselves with fasts, by performing more than their frailty can 
bear, without the order or advice of any, but rather endeavouring to avoid those 
whom they should obey in these matters; some, indeed, dare to do these things even 
though the contrary has been commanded them.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.vi-p3">2. These persons are most imperfect and unreasonable; for they set bodily penance 
before subjection and obedience, which is penance according to reason and discretion, 
and therefore a sacrifice more acceptable and pleasing to God than any other. But 
such one-sided penance is no more than the penance of beasts, to which they are 
attracted, exactly like beasts, by the desire and pleasure which they find therein. 
Inasmuch as all extremes are vicious, and as in behaving thus such persons<note n="41" id="vii.vi-p3.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘these persons.’]</note> 
are working their own will, they grow in vice rather than in virtue; for, to say 
the least, they are acquiring spiritual gluttony and pride in this way, through 
not walking in obedience. And many of these the devil assails, stirring up this 
gluttony in them through the pleasures and desires which he increases within them, 
to such an extent that, since they can no longer help themselves, they either change 
or vary or add to that which is commanded them, as any obedience in this respect 
is so bitter to them. To such an evil pass have some persons come that, simply because 
it is through obedience that they engage in these exercises, they lose the desire 
and devotion to perform them, their only desire and pleasure being to do what they 
themselves are inclined to do, so that it would probably be more profitable for 
them not to engage in these exercises at all.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.vi-p4">3. You will find that many of these persons are very insistent with their spiritual 
masters to be granted that which they desire, extracting it from them almost by 
force; if they be refused it they become as peevish as children and go about in 
great displeasure, thinking that they are not serving God when they are not allowed 
to do that which they would. For they go about clinging to their own will and pleasure, 
which they treat as though it came from God;<note n="42" id="vii.vi-p4.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘and treat this as their God.’]</note> 
and immediately their directors<note n="43" id="vii.vi-p4.2">[The Spanish is impersonal: ‘immediately this is taken 
from them,’ etc.]</note> take it from them, and try to subject them to the will of God, they become peevish, 
grow faint-hearted and fall away. These persons think that their own satisfaction 
and pleasure are the satisfaction and service of God.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.vi-p5">4. There are others, again, who, because of this gluttony, know so little of 
their own unworthiness and misery and have thrust so far from them the loving fear 
and reverence which they owe to the greatness of God, that they hesitate not to 
insist continually that their confessors shall allow them to communicate often. 
And, what is worse, they frequently dare to communicate without the leave and consent<note n="44" id="vii.vi-p5.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘and opinion.’]</note> 
of the minister and steward of Christ, merely acting on their own opinion, and contriving 
to conceal the truth from him. And for this reason, because they desire to communicate 
continually, they make their confessions carelessly,<note n="45" id="vii.vi-p5.2">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘anyhow.’]</note> 
being more eager to eat than to eat cleanly and perfectly, although it would be 
healthier and holier for them had they the contrary inclination and begged their 
confessors not to command them to approach the altar so frequently: between these 
two extremes, however, the better way is that of humble resignation. But the boldness 
referred to is<note n="46" id="vii.vi-p5.3">[Lit, ‘the other boldnesses are.’]</note> 
a thing that does great harm, and men may fear to be punished for such temerity.
</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.vi-p6">5. These persons, in communicating, strive with every nerve to obtain some kind 
of sensible sweetness and pleasure, instead of humbly doing reverence and giving 
praise within themselves to God. And in such wise do they devote themselves to this 
that, when they have received no pleasure or sweetness in the senses, they think 
that they have accomplished nothing at all. This is to judge God very unworthily; 
they have not realized that the least of the benefits which come from this Most 
Holy Sacrament is that which concerns the senses; and that the invisible part of 
the grace that it bestows is much greater; for, in order that they may look at it 
with the eyes of faith, God oftentimes withholds from them these other consolations 
and sweetnesses of sense. And thus they desire to feel and taste God as though He 
were comprehensible by them and accessible to them, not only in this, but likewise 
in other spiritual practices. All this is very great imperfection and completely 
opposed to the nature of God, since it is Impurity in faith.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.vi-p7">6. These persons have the same defect as regards the practice of prayer, for 
they think that all the business of prayer consists in experiencing sensible pleasure 
and devotion and they strive to obtain this by great effort,<note n="47" id="vii.vi-p7.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘they strive to obtain this, as they say, 
by the strength of their arms.’ The phrase is, of course, understood in the Spanish 
to be metaphorical, as the words ‘as they say’ clearly indicate.]</note> 
wearying and fatiguing their faculties and their heads; and when they have not found 
this pleasure they become greatly discouraged, thinking that they have accomplished 
nothing. Through these efforts they lose true devotion and spirituality, which consist 
in perseverance, together with patience and humility and mistrust of themselves, 
that they may please God alone. For this reason, when they have once failed to find 
pleasure in this or some other exercise, they have great disinclination and repugnance 
to return to it, and at times they abandon it. They are, in fact, as we have said, 
like children, who are not influenced by reason, and who act, not from rational 
motives, but from inclination.<note n="48" id="vii.vi-p7.2">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘who are not influenced, neither act by 
reason, but from pleasure.’]</note> Such persons expend all their effort in seeking spiritual pleasure and consolation; 
they never tire therefore, of reading books; and they begin, now one meditation, 
now another, in their pursuit of this pleasure which they desire to experience in 
the things of God. But God, very justly, wisely and lovingly, denies it to them, 
for otherwise this spiritual gluttony and inordinate appetite would breed innumerable 
evils. It is, therefore, very fitting that they should enter into the dark night, 
whereof we shall speak,<note n="49" id="vii.vi-p7.3">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘which we shall give.’]</note> 
that they may be purged from this childishness.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.vi-p8">7. These persons who are thus inclined to such pleasures have another very great 
imperfection, which is that they are very weak and remiss in journeying upon the 
hard<note n="50" id="vii.vi-p8.1">[<i>áspero:</i> harsh, rough, rugged.]</note> 
road of the Cross; for the soul that is given to sweetness naturally has its face 
set against all self-denial, which is devoid of sweetness.<note n="51" id="vii.vi-p8.2">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘against all the sweetlessness of self- 
denial.’]</note></p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.vi-p9">8. These persons have many other imperfections which arise hence, of which in 
time the Lord heals them by means of temptations, aridities and other trials, all 
of which are part of the dark night. All these I will not treat further here, lest 
I become too lengthy; I will only say that spiritual temperance and sobriety lead 
to another and a very different temper, which is that of mortification, fear and 
submission in all things. It thus becomes clear that the perfection and worth of 
things consist not in the multitude and the pleasantness of one’s actions, but in 
being able to deny oneself in them; this such persons must endeavour to compass, 
in so far as they may, until God is pleased to purify them indeed, by bringing them<note n="52" id="vii.vi-p9.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘causing them to enter.’]</note> 
into the dark night, to arrive at which I am hastening on with my account of these 
imperfections.</p>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter VII. Of imperfections with respect to spiritual envy and sloth." progress="21.57%" prev="vii.vi" next="vii.viii" id="vii.vii">
<h2 id="vii.vii-p0.1">CHAPTER VII</h2>
<blockquote id="vii.vii-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="vii.vii-p1"><i>Of imperfections with respect to spiritual envy and sloth.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="vii.vii-p2">WITH respect likewise to the other two vices, which are spiritual envy and sloth, 
these beginners fail not to have many imperfections. For, with respect to envy, 
many of them are wont to experience movements of displeasure at the spiritual good 
of others, which cause them a certain sensible grief at being outstripped upon this 
road, so that they would prefer not to hear others praised; for they become displeased 
at others’ virtues and sometimes they cannot refrain from contradicting what is 
said in praise of them, depreciating it as far as they can; and their annoyance 
thereat grows<note n="53" id="vii.vii-p2.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘and, as they say, their eye (<i><span lang="ES" id="vii.vii-p2.2">el ojo</span></i>) 
grows’—a colloquial phrase expressing annoyance.]</note> 
because the same is not said of them, for they would fain be preferred in everything. 
All this is clean contrary to charity, which, as Saint Paul says, rejoices in goodness.<note n="54" id="vii.vii-p2.3"><scripRef passage="1Corinthians 13:6" id="vii.vii-p2.4" parsed="|1Cor|13|6|0|0" osisRef="Bible:1Cor.13.6">1 Corinthians xiii, 6</scripRef>. The Saint here cites the sense, 
not the letter, of the epistle.</note> 
And, if charity has any envy, it is a holy envy, comprising grief at not having 
the virtues of others, yet also joy because others have them, and delight when others 
outstrip us in the service of God, wherein we ourselves are so remiss.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.vii-p3">2. With respect also to spiritual sloth, beginners are apt to be irked by the 
things that are most spiritual, from which they flee because these things are incompatible 
with sensible pleasure. For, as they are so much accustomed to sweetness in spiritual 
things, they are wearied by things in which they find no sweetness. If once they 
failed to find in prayer the satisfaction which their taste required (and after 
all it is well that God should take it from them to prove them), they would prefer 
not to return to it: sometimes they leave it; at other times they continue it unwillingly. 
And thus because of this sloth they abandon the way of perfection (which is the 
way of the negation of their will and pleasure for God’s sake) for the pleasure 
and sweetness of their own will, which they aim at satisfying in this way rather 
than the will of God.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.vii-p4">3. And many of these would have God will that which they themselves will, and 
are fretful at having to will that which He wills, and find it repugnant to accommodate 
their will to that of God. Hence it happens to them that oftentimes they think that 
that wherein they find not their own will and pleasure is not the will of God; and 
that, on the other hand, when they themselves find satisfaction, God is satisfied. 
Thus they measure God by themselves and not themselves by God, acting quite contrarily 
to that which He Himself taught in the Gospel, saying: That he who should lose his 
will for His sake, the same should gain it; and he who should desire to gain it, 
the same should lose it.<note n="55" id="vii.vii-p4.1"><scripRef passage="Matthew 16:25" id="vii.vii-p4.2" parsed="|Matt|16|25|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Matt.16.25">St. Matthew xvi, 25</scripRef>.</note>
</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.vii-p5">4. These persons likewise find it irksome when they are commanded to do that 
wherein they take no pleasure. Because they aim at spiritual sweetness and consolation, 
they are too weak to have the fortitude and bear the trials of perfection.<note n="56" id="vii.vii-p5.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘they are very weak for the fortitude and 
trial of perfection.’]</note> 
They resemble those who are softly nurtured and who run fretfully away from everything 
that is hard, and take offense at the Cross, wherein consist the delights of the 
spirit. The more spiritual a thing is, the more irksome they find it, for, as they 
seek to go about spiritual matters with complete freedom and according to the inclination 
of their will, it causes them great sorrow and repugnance to enter upon the narrow 
way, which, says Christ, is the way of life.<note n="57" id="vii.vii-p5.2"><scripRef passage="Matthew 7:14" id="vii.vii-p5.3" parsed="|Matt|7|14|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Matt.7.14">St. Matthew vii, 14</scripRef>.</note>
</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.vii-p6">5. Let it suffice here to have described these imperfections, among the many 
to be found in the lives of those that are in this first state of beginners, so 
that it may be seen how greatly they need God to set them in the state of proficients. 
This He does by bringing them into the dark night whereof we now speak; wherein 
He weans them from the breasts of these sweetnesses and pleasures, gives them pure 
aridities and inward darkness, takes from them all these irrelevances and puerilities, 
and by very different means causes them to win the virtues. For, however assiduously 
the beginner practises the mortification in himself of all these actions and passions 
of his, he can never completely succeed—very far from it—until God shall work 
it in him passively by means of the purgation of the said night. Of this I would 
fain speak in some way that may be profitable; may God, then, be pleased to give 
me His Divine light, because this is very needful in a night that is so dark and 
a matter that is so difficult to describe and to expound.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.vii-p7">The line, then, is:</p>
<h2 id="vii.vii-p7.1">In a dark night. </h2>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter VIII. Wherein is expounded the first line of the first stanza, and a beginning  is made of the explanation of this dark night." progress="23.03%" prev="vii.vii" next="vii.ix" id="vii.viii">
<h2 id="vii.viii-p0.1">CHAPTER VIII </h2>
<blockquote id="vii.viii-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="vii.viii-p1"><i>Wherein is expounded the first line of the first stanza, and a beginning 
is made of the explanation of this dark night.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="vii.viii-p2">THIS night, which, as we say, is contemplation, produces in spiritual persons 
two kinds of darkness or purgation, corresponding to the two parts of man’s nature—namely, 
the sensual and the spiritual. And thus the one night or purgation will be sensual, 
wherein the soul is purged according to sense, which is subdued to the spirit; and 
the other is a night or purgation which is spiritual, wherein the soul is purged 
and stripped according to the spirit, and subdued and made ready for the union of 
love with God. The night of sense is common and comes to many: these are the beginners; 
and of this night we shall speak first. The night of the spirit is the portion of 
very few, and these are they that are already practised and proficient, of whom 
we shall treat hereafter.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.viii-p3">2. The first purgation or night is bitter and terrible to sense, as we shall 
now show.<note n="58" id="vii.viii-p3.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ’say.’]</note> 
The second bears no comparison with it, for it is horrible and awful to the spirit, 
as we shall show<note n="59" id="vii.viii-p3.2">[<i>Lit.</i>, ’say.’]</note> 
presently. Since the night of sense is first in order and comes first, we shall 
first of all say something about it briefly, since more is written of it, as of 
a thing that is more common; and we shall pass on to treat more fully of the spiritual 
night, since very little has been said of this, either in speech<note n="60" id="vii.viii-p3.3">[<i>plática:</i> the word is frequently used in Spanish 
to denote an informal sermon or address.]</note> 
or in writing, and very little is known of it, even by experience.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.viii-p4">3. Since, then, the conduct of these beginners upon the way of God is ignoble,<note n="61" id="vii.viii-p4.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘low’; the same word recurs below and is 
similarly translated.]</note> 
and has much to do with their love of self and their own inclinations, as has been 
explained above, God desires to lead them farther. He seeks to bring them out of 
that ignoble kind of love to a higher degree of love for Him, to free them from 
the ignoble exercises of sense and meditation (wherewith, as we have said, they 
go seeking God so unworthily and in so many ways that are unbefitting), and to lead 
them to a kind of spiritual exercise wherein they can commune with Him more abundantly 
and are freed more completely from imperfections. For they have now had practice 
for some time in the way of virtue and have persevered in meditation and prayer, 
whereby, through the sweetness and pleasure that they have found therein, they have 
lost their love of the things of the world and have gained some degree of spiritual 
strength in God; this has enabled them to some extent to refrain from creature desires, 
so that for God’s sake they are now able to suffer a light burden and a little aridity 
without turning back to a time<note n="62" id="vii.viii-p4.2">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘to the better time.’]</note> 
which they found more pleasant. When they are going about these spiritual exercises 
with the greatest delight and pleasure, and when they believe that the sun of Divine 
favour is shining most brightly upon them, God turns all this light of theirs into 
darkness, and shuts against them the door and the source of the sweet spiritual 
water which they were tasting in God whensoever and for as long as they desired. 
(For, as they were weak and tender, there was no door closed to them, as Saint John 
says in the <scripRef passage="Apocalypse 3:8" id="vii.viii-p4.3" parsed="|Rev|3|8|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Rev.3.8">Apocalypse, iii, 8</scripRef>). And thus He leaves them so completely in the dark 
that they know not whither to go with their sensible imagination and meditation; 
for they cannot advance a step in meditation, as they were wont to do afore time, 
their inward senses being submerged in this night, and left with such dryness that 
not only do they experience no pleasure and consolation in the spiritual things 
and good exercises wherein they were wont to find their delights and pleasures, 
but instead, on the contrary, they find insipidity and bitterness in the said things. 
For, as I have said, God now sees that they have grown a little, and are becoming 
strong enough to lay aside their swaddling clothes and be taken from the gentle 
breast; so He sets them down from His arms and teaches them to walk on their own 
feet; which they feel to be very strange, for everything seems to be going wrong 
with them.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.viii-p5">4. To recollected persons this commonly happens sooner after their beginnings 
than to others, inasmuch as they are freer from occasions of backsliding, and their 
desires turn more quickly from the things of the world, which is necessary if they 
are to begin to enter this blessed night of sense. Ordinarily no great time passes 
after their beginnings before they begin to enter this night of sense; and the great 
majority of them do in fact enter it, for they will generally be seen to fall into 
these aridities.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.viii-p6">5. With regard to this way of purgation of the senses, since it is so common, 
we might here adduce a great number of quotations from Divine Scripture, where many 
passages relating to it are continually found, particularly in the Psalms and the 
Prophets. However, I do not wish to spend time upon these, for he who knows not 
how to look for them there will find the common experience of this purgation to 
be sufficient.</p>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter IX. Of the signs by which it will be known that the spiritual person is walking  along the way of this night and purgation of sense." progress="24.62%" prev="vii.viii" next="vii.x" id="vii.ix">
<h2 id="vii.ix-p0.1">CHAPTER IX </h2>
<blockquote id="vii.ix-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="vii.ix-p1"><i>Of the signs by which it will be known that the spiritual person is walking 
along the way of this night and purgation of sense.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="vii.ix-p2">BUT since these aridities might frequently proceed, not from the night and purgation 
of the sensual desires aforementioned, but from sins and imperfections, or from 
weakness and lukewarmness, or from some bad humour or indisposition of the body, 
I shall here set down certain signs by which it may be known if such aridity proceeds 
from the aforementioned purgation, or if it arises from any of the aforementioned 
sins. For the making of this distinction I find that there are three principal signs.
</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.ix-p3">2. The first is whether, when a soul finds no pleasure or consolation in the 
things of God, it also fails to find it in any thing created; for, as God sets the 
soul in this dark night to the end that He may quench and purge its sensual desire, 
He allows it not to find attraction or sweetness in anything whatsoever. In such 
a case it may be considered very probable<note n="63" id="vii.ix-p3.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘And in this it is known very probably.’]</note> 
that this aridity and insipidity proceed not from recently committed sins or imperfections. 
For, if this were so, the soul would feel in its nature some inclination or desire 
to taste other things than those of God; since, whenever the desire is allowed indulgence 
in any imperfection, it immediately feels inclined thereto, whether little or much, 
in proportion to the pleasure and the love that it has put into it. Since, however, 
this lack of enjoyment in things above or below might proceed from some indisposition 
or melancholy humour, which oftentimes makes it impossible for the soul to take 
pleasure in anything, it becomes necessary to apply the second sign and condition.
</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.ix-p4">3. The second sign whereby a man may believe himself to be experiencing the said 
purgation is that the memory is ordinarily centred upon God, with painful care and 
solicitude, thinking that it is not serving God, but is backsliding, because it 
finds itself without sweetness in the things of God. And in such a case it is evident 
that this lack of sweetness and this aridity come not from weakness and lukewarmness; 
for it is the nature of lukewarmness not to care greatly or to have any inward solicitude 
for the things of God. There is thus a great difference between aridity and lukewarmness, 
for lukewarmness consists in great weakness and remissness in the will and in the 
spirit, without solicitude as to serving God; whereas purgative aridity is ordinarily 
accompanied by solicitude, with care and grief as I say, because the soul is not 
serving God. And, although this may sometimes be increased by melancholy or some 
other humour (as it frequently is), it fails not for that reason to produce a purgative 
effect upon the desire, since the desire is deprived of all pleasure and has its 
care centred upon God alone. For, when mere humour is the cause, it spends itself 
in displeasure and ruin of the physical nature, and there are none of those desires 
to sense God which belong to purgative aridity. When the cause is aridity, it is 
true that the sensual part of the soul has fallen low, and is weak and feeble in 
its actions, by reason of the little pleasure which it finds in them; but the spirit, 
on the other hand, is ready and strong.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.ix-p5">4. For the cause of this aridity is that God transfers to the spirit the good 
things and the strength of the senses, which, since the soul’s natural strength 
and senses are incapable of using them, remain barren, dry and empty. For the sensual 
part of a man has no capacity for that which is pure spirit, and thus, when it is 
the spirit that receives the pleasure, the flesh is left without savour and is too 
weak to perform any action. But the spirit, which all the time is being fed, goes 
forward in strength, and with more alertness and solicitude than before, in its 
anxiety not to fail God; and if it is not immediately conscious of spiritual sweetness 
and delight, but only of aridity and lack of sweetness, the reason for this is the 
strangeness of the exchange; for its palate has been accustomed to those other sensual 
pleasures upon which its eyes are still fixed, and, since the spiritual palate is 
not made ready or purged for such subtle pleasure, until it finds itself becoming 
prepared for it by means of this arid and dark night, it cannot experience spiritual 
pleasure and good, but only aridity and lack of sweetness, since it misses the pleasure 
which aforetime it enjoyed so readily.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.ix-p6">5. These souls whom God is beginning to lead through these solitary places of 
the wilderness are like to the children of Israel, to whom in the wilderness God 
began to give food from Heaven, containing within itself all sweetness, and, as 
is there said, it turned to the savour which each one of them desired. But withal 
the children of Israel felt the lack of the pleasures and delights of the flesh 
and the onions which they had eaten aforetime in Egypt, the more so because their 
palate was accustomed to these and took delight in them, rather than in the delicate 
sweetness of the angelic manna; and they wept and sighed for the fleshpots even 
in the midst of the food of Heaven.<note n="64" id="vii.ix-p6.1"><scripRef passage="Numbers 11:5-6" id="vii.ix-p6.2" parsed="|Num|11|5|11|6" osisRef="Bible:Num.11.5-Num.11.6">Numbers xi, 5-6</scripRef>.</note> 
To such depths does the vileness of our desires descend that it makes us to long 
for our own wretched food<note n="65" id="vii.ix-p6.3">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘makes us to desire our miseries.’]</note> 
and to be nauseated by the indescribable<note n="66" id="vii.ix-p6.4">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘incommunicable.’]</note> 
blessings of Heaven.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.ix-p7">6. But, as I say, when these aridities proceed from the way of the purgation 
of sensual desire, although at first the spirit feels no sweetness, for the reasons 
that we have just given, it feels that it is deriving strength and energy to act 
from the substance which this inward food gives it, the which food is the beginning 
of a contemplation that is dark and arid to the senses; which contemplation is secret 
and hidden from the very person that experiences it; and ordinarily, together with 
the aridity and emptiness which it causes in the senses, it gives the soul an inclination 
and desire to be alone and in quietness, without being able to think of any particular 
thing or having the desire to do so. If those souls to whom this comes to pass knew 
how to be quiet at this time, and troubled not about performing any kind of action, 
whether inward or outward, neither had any anxiety about doing anything, then they 
would delicately experience this inward refreshment in that ease and freedom from 
care. So delicate is this refreshment that ordinarily, if a man have desire or care 
to experience it, he experiences it not; for, as I say, it does its work when the 
soul is most at ease and freest from care; it is like the air which, if one would 
close one’s hand upon it, escapes.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.ix-p8">7. In this sense we may understand that which the Spouse said to the Bride in 
the Songs, namely: ‘Withdraw thine eyes from me, for they make me to soar aloft.’<note n="67" id="vii.ix-p8.1"><scripRef passage="Canticles 6:4" id="vii.ix-p8.2" parsed="|Song|6|4|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Song.6.4">Canticles vi, 4</scripRef> [A.V., vi, 5].</note> 
For in such a way does God bring the soul into this state, and by so different a 
path does He lead it that, if it desires to work with its faculties, it hinders 
the work which God is doing in it rather than aids it; whereas aforetime it was 
quite the contrary. The reason is that, in this state of contemplation, which the 
soul enters when it forsakes meditation for the state of the proficient, it is God 
Who is now working in the soul; He binds its interior faculties, and allows it not 
to cling to the understanding, nor to have delight in the will, nor to reason with 
the memory. For anything that the soul can do of its own accord at this time serves 
only, as we have said, to hinder inward peace and the work which God is accomplishing 
in the spirit by means of that aridity of sense. And this peace, being spiritual 
and delicate, performs a work which is quiet and delicate, solitary, productive 
of peace and satisfaction<note n="68" id="vii.ix-p8.3">[<i>Lit.</i>, ’satisfactory and pacific.’]</note> 
and far removed from all those earlier pleasures, which were very palpable and sensual. 
This is the peace which, says David, God speaks in the soul to the end that He may 
make it spiritual.<note n="69" id="vii.ix-p8.4"><scripRef passage="Psalm 84:9" version="VUL" id="vii.ix-p8.5" parsed="vul|Ps|84|9|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.84.9">Psalm lxxxiv, 9</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 85:8" id="vii.ix-p8.6" parsed="|Ps|85|8|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.85.8">lxxxv, 8</scripRef>].</note> 
And this leads us to the third point.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.ix-p9">8. The third sign whereby this purgation of sense may be recognized is that the 
soul can no longer meditate or reflect in the imaginative sphere of sense as it 
was wont, however much it may of itself endeavour to do so. For God now begins to 
communicate Himself to it, no longer through sense, as He did aforetime, by means 
of reflections which joined and sundered its knowledge, but by pure spirit, into 
which consecutive reflections enter not; but He communicates Himself to it by an 
act of simple contemplation, to which neither the exterior nor the interior senses 
of the lower part of the soul can attain. From this time forward, therefore, imagination 
and fancy can find no support in any meditation, and can gain no foothold by means 
thereof.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.ix-p10">9. With regard to this third sign, it is to be understood that this embarrassment 
and dissatisfaction of the faculties proceed not from indisposition, for, when this 
is the case, and the indisposition, which never lasts for long,<note n="70" id="vii.ix-p10.1">[The stress here is evidently on the transience of the 
distempers whether they be moral or physical.]</note> 
comes to an end, the soul is able once again, by taking some trouble about the matter, 
to do what it did before, and the faculties find their wonted support. But in the 
purgation of the desire this is not so: when once the soul begins to enter therein, 
its inability to reflect with the faculties grows ever greater. For, although it 
is true that at first, and with some persons, the process is not as continuous as 
this, so that occasionally they fail to abandon their pleasures and reflections 
of sense (for perchance by reason of their weakness it was not fitting to wean them 
from these immediately), yet this inability grows within them more and more and 
brings the workings of sense to an end, if indeed they are to make progress, for 
those who walk not in the way of contemplation act very differently. For this night 
of aridities is not usually continuous in their senses. At times they have these 
aridities; at others they have them not. At times they cannot meditate; at others 
they can. For God sets them in this night only to prove them and to humble them, 
and to reform their desires, so that they go not nurturing in themselves a sinful 
gluttony in spiritual things. He sets them not there in order to lead them in the 
way of the spirit, which is this contemplation; for not all those who walk of set 
purpose in the way of the spirit are brought by God to contemplation, nor even the 
half of them—why, He best knows. And this is why He never completely weans the 
senses of such persons from the breasts of meditations and reflections, but only 
for short periods and at certain seasons, as we have said.</p>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter X. Of the way in which these souls are to conduct themselves in this dark night." progress="27.98%" prev="vii.ix" next="vii.xi" id="vii.x">
<h2 id="vii.x-p0.1">CHAPTER X</h2>
<blockquote id="vii.x-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="vii.x-p1"><i>Of the way in which these souls are to conduct themselves in this dark night.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="vii.x-p2">DURING the time, then, of the aridities of this night of sense (wherein God effects 
the change of which we have spoken above, drawing forth the soul from the life of 
sense into that of the spirit—that is, from meditation to contemplation—wherein 
it no longer has any power to work or to reason with its faculties concerning the 
things of God, as has been said), spiritual persons suffer great trials, by reason 
not so much of the aridities which they suffer, as of the fear which they have of 
being lost on the road, thinking that all spiritual blessing is over for them and 
that God has abandoned them since they find no help or pleasure in good things. 
Then they grow weary, and endeavour (as they have been accustomed to do) to concentrate 
their faculties with some degree of pleasure upon some object of meditation, thinking 
that, when they are not doing this and yet are conscious of making an effort, they 
are doing nothing. This effort they make not without great inward repugnance and 
unwillingness on the part of their soul, which was taking pleasure in being in that 
quietness and ease, instead of working with its faculties. So they have abandoned 
the one pursuit,<note n="71" id="vii.x-p2.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘spoiling themselves in the one.’]</note> 
yet draw no profit from the other; for, by seeking what is prompted by their own 
spirit,<note n="72" id="vii.x-p2.2">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘because they seek their spirit.’]</note> 
they lose the spirit of tranquillity and peace which they had before. And thus they 
are like to one who abandons what he has done in order to do it over again, or to 
one who leaves a city only to re-enter it, or to one who is hunting and lets his 
prey go in order to hunt it once more. This is useless here, for the soul will gain 
nothing further by conducting itself in this way, as has been said.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.x-p3">2. These souls turn back at such a time if there is none who understands them; 
they abandon the road or lose courage; or, at the least, they are hindered from 
going farther by the great trouble which they take in advancing along the road of 
meditation and reasoning. Thus they fatigue and overwork their nature, imagining 
that they are failing through negligence or sin. But this trouble that they are 
taking is quite useless, for God is now leading them by another road, which is that 
of contemplation, and is very different from the first; for the one is of meditation 
and reasoning, and the other belongs neither to imagination nor yet to reasoning.
</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.x-p4">3. It is well for those who find themselves in this condition to take comfort, 
to persevere in patience and to be in no wise afflicted. Let them trust in God, 
Who abandons not those that seek Him with a simple and right heart, and will not 
fail to give them what is needful for the road, until He bring them into the clear 
and pure light of love. This last He will give them by means of that other dark 
night, that of the spirit, if they merit His bringing them thereto.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.x-p5">4. The way in which they are to conduct themselves in this night of sense is 
to devote themselves not at all to reasoning and meditation, since this is not the 
time for it, but to allow the soul to remain in peace and quietness, although it 
may seem clear to them that they are doing nothing and are wasting their time, and 
although it may appear to them that it is because of their weakness that they have 
no desire in that state to think of anything. The truth is that they will be doing 
quite sufficient if they have patience and persevere in prayer without making any 
effort.<note n="73" id="vii.x-p5.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘without doing anything themselves.’]</note> 
What they must do is merely to leave the soul free and disencumbered and at rest 
from all knowledge and thought, troubling not themselves, in that state, about what 
they shall think or meditate upon, but contenting themselves with merely a peaceful 
and loving attentiveness toward God, and in being without anxiety, without the ability 
and without desired to have experience of Him or to perceive Him. For all these 
yearnings disquiet and distract the soul from the peaceful quiet and sweet ease 
of contemplation which is here granted to it.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.x-p6">5. And although further scruples may come to them—that they are wasting their 
time, and that it would be well for them to do something else, because they can 
neither do nor think anything in prayer—let them suffer these scruples and remain 
in peace, as there is no question save of their being at ease and having freedom 
of spirit. For if such a soul should desire to make any effort of its own with its 
interior faculties, this means that it will hinder and lose the blessings which, 
by means of that peace and ease of the soul, God is instilling into it and impressing 
upon it. It is just as if some painter were painting or dyeing a face; if the sitter 
were to move because he desired to do something, he would prevent the painter from 
accomplishing anything and would disturb him in what he was doing. And thus, when 
the soul desires to remain in inward ease and peace, any operation and affection 
or attentions wherein it may then seek to indulge<note n="74" id="vii.x-p6.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘which it may then wish to have.’]</note> 
will distract it and disquiet it and make it conscious of aridity and emptiness 
of sense. For the more a soul endeavours to find support in affection and knowledge, 
the more will it feel the lack of these, which cannot now be supplied to it upon 
that road.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.x-p7">6. Wherefore it behoves such a soul to pay no heed if the operations of its faculties 
become lost to it; it is rather to desire that this should happen quickly. For, 
by not hindering the operation of infused contemplation that God is bestowing upon 
it, it can receive this with more peaceful abundance, and cause its spirit to be 
enkindled and to burn with the love which this dark and secret contemplation brings 
with it and sets firmly in the soul. For contemplation is naught else than a secret, 
peaceful and loving infusion from God, which, if it be permitted, enkindles the 
soul with the spirit of love, according as the soul declares in the next lines, 
namely:</p>

<h2 id="vii.x-p7.1">Kindled in love with yearnings.</h2>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter XI. Wherein are expounded the three lines of the stanza." progress="29.87%" prev="vii.x" next="vii.xii" id="vii.xi">
<h2 id="vii.xi-p0.1">CHAPTER XI</h2>
<blockquote id="vii.xi-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="vii.xi-p1"><i>Wherein are expounded the three lines of the stanza.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="vii.xi-p2">THIS enkindling of love is not as a rule felt at the first, because it has not 
begun to take hold upon the soul, by reason of the impurity of human nature, or 
because the soul has not understood its own state, as we have said, and has therefore 
given it no peaceful abiding-place within itself. Yet sometimes, nevertheless, there 
soon begins to make itself felt a certain yearning toward God; and the more this 
increases, the more is the soul affectioned and enkindled in love toward God, without 
knowing or understanding how and whence this love and affection come to it, but 
from time to time seeing this flame and this enkindling grow so greatly within it 
that it desires God with yearning of love; even as David, when he was in this dark 
night, said of himself in these words,<note n="75" id="vii.xi-p2.1"><scripRef passage="Psalm 72:21" version="VUL" id="vii.xi-p2.2" parsed="vul|Ps|72|21|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.72.21">Psalm lxxii, 21</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 73:21-22" id="vii.xi-p2.3" parsed="|Ps|73|21|73|22" osisRef="Bible:Ps.73.21-Ps.73.22">lxxiii, 21-2</scripRef>].</note> 
namely: ‘Because my heart was enkindled (that is to say, in love of contemplation), 
my reins also were changed’: that is, my desires for sensual affections were changed, 
namely from the way of sense to the way of the spirit, which is the aridity and 
cessation from all these things whereof we are speaking. And I, he says, was dissolved 
in nothing and annihilated, and I knew not; for, as we have said, without knowing 
the way whereby it goes, the soul finds itself annihilated with respect to all things 
above and below which were accustomed to please it; and it finds itself enamoured, 
without knowing how. And because at times the enkindling of love in the spirit grows 
greater, the yearnings for God become so great in the soul that the very bones seem 
to be dried up by this thirst, and the natural powers to be fading away, and their 
warmth and strength to be perishing through the intensity<note n="76" id="vii.xi-p2.4">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘livingness’: cf. the quotation below.]</note> 
of the thirst of love, for the soul feels that this thirst of love is a living thirst. 
This thirst David had and felt, when he said: ‘My soul thirsted for the living God.’<note n="77" id="vii.xi-p2.5"><scripRef passage="Psalm 41:3" version="VUL" id="vii.xi-p2.6" parsed="vul|Ps|41|3|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.41.3">Psalm xli, 3</scripRef> 
[A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 42:2" id="vii.xi-p2.7" parsed="|Ps|42|2|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.42.2">xlii, 2</scripRef>].</note> 
Which is as much as to say: A living thirst was that of my soul. Of this thirst, 
since it is living, we may say that it kills. But it is to be noted that the vehemence 
of this thirst is not continuous, but occasional although as a rule the soul is 
accustomed to feel it to a certain degree.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.xi-p3">2. But it must be noted that, as I began to say just now, this love is not as 
a rule felt at first, but only the dryness and emptiness are felt whereof we are 
speaking. Then in place of this love which afterwards becomes gradually enkindled, 
what the soul experiences in the midst of these aridities and emptinesses of the 
faculties is an habitual care and solicitude with respect to God, together with 
grief and fear that it is not serving Him. But it is a sacrifice which is not a 
little pleasing to God that the soul should go about afflicted and solicitous for 
His love. This solicitude and care leads the soul into that secret contemplation, 
until, the senses (that is, the sensual part) having in course of time been in some 
degree purged of the natural affections and powers by means of the aridities which 
it causes within them, this Divine love begins to be enkindled in the spirit. Meanwhile, 
however, like one who has begun a cure, the soul knows only suffering in this dark 
and arid purgation of the desire; by this means it becomes healed of many imperfections, 
and exercises itself in many virtues in order to make itself meet for the said love, 
as we shall now say with respect to the line following:</p>

<h2 id="vii.xi-p3.1">Oh, happy chance! </h2>
<p class="normal" id="vii.xi-p4">3. When God leads the soul into this night of sense in order to purge the sense 
of its lower part and to subdue it, unite it and bring it into conformity with the 
spirit, by setting it in darkness and causing it to cease from meditation (as He 
afterwards does in order to purify the spirit to unite it with God, as we shall 
afterwards say), He brings it into the night of the spirit, and (although it appears 
not so to it) the soul gains so many benefits that it holds it to be a happy chance 
to have escaped from the bonds and restrictions of the senses of or its lower self, 
by means of this night aforesaid; and utters the present line, namely: Oh, happy 
chance! With respect to this, it behoves us here to note the benefits which the 
soul finds in this night, and because of which it considers it a happy chance to 
have passed through it; all of which benefits the soul includes in the next line, 
namely:</p>

<h2 id="vii.xi-p4.1">I went forth without being observed. </h2>
<p class="normal" id="vii.xi-p5">4. This going forth is understood of the subjection to its sensual part which 
the soul suffered when it sought God through operations so weak, so limited and 
so defective as are those of this lower part; for at every step it stumbled into 
numerous imperfections and ignorances, as we have noted above in writing of the 
seven capital sins. From all these it is freed when this night quenches within it 
all pleasures, whether from above or from below, and makes all meditation darkness 
to it, and grants it other innumerable blessings in the acquirement of the virtues, 
as we shall now show. For it will be a matter of great pleasure and great consolation, 
to one that journeys on this road, to see how that which seems to the soul so severe 
and adverse, and so contrary to spiritual pleasure, works in it so many blessings. 
These, as we say, are gained when the soul goes forth, as regards its affection 
and operation, by means of this night, from all created things, and when it journeys 
to eternal things, which is great happiness and good fortune:<note n="78" id="vii.xi-p5.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘and chance’: the same word as in the verse-line above.]</note> 
first, because of the great blessing which is in the quenching of the desire and 
affection with respect to all things; secondly, because they are very few that endure 
and persevere in entering by this strait gate and by the narrow way which leads 
to life, as says Our Saviour.<note n="79" id="vii.xi-p5.2"><scripRef passage="Matthew 7:14" id="vii.xi-p5.3" parsed="|Matt|7|14|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Matt.7.14">St. Matthew vii, 14</scripRef>.</note> 
The strait gate is this night of sense, and the soul detaches itself from sense 
and strips itself thereof that it may enter by this gate, and establishes itself 
in faith, which is a stranger to all sense, so that afterwards it may journey by 
the narrow way, which is the other night—that of the spirit—and this the soul 
afterwards enters in order in journey to God in pure faith, which is the means whereby 
the soul is united to God. By this road, since it is so narrow, dark and terrible 
(though there is no comparison between this night of sense and that other, in its 
darkness and trials, as we shall say later), they are far fewer that journey, but 
its benefits are far greater without comparison than those of this present night. 
Of these benefits we shall now begin to say something, with such brevity as is possible, 
in order that we may pass to the other night.</p>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter XII. Of the benefits which this night causes in the soul." progress="31.97%" prev="vii.xi" next="vii.xiii" id="vii.xii">
<h2 id="vii.xii-p0.1">CHAPTER XII</h2>
<blockquote id="vii.xii-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="vii.xii-p1"><i>Of the benefits which this night causes in the soul.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="vii.xii-p2">THIS night and purgation of the desire, a happy one for the soul, works in it 
so many blessings and benefits (although to the soul, as we have said, it rather 
seems that blessings are being taken away from it) that, even as Abraham made a 
great feast when he weaned his son Isaac,<note n="80" id="vii.xii-p2.1"><scripRef passage="Genesis 21:8" id="vii.xii-p2.2" parsed="|Gen|21|8|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Gen.21.8">Genesis xxi, 8</scripRef>.</note> 
even so is there joy in Heaven because God is now taking this soul from its swaddling 
clothes, setting it down from His arms, making it to walk upon its feet, and likewise 
taking from it the milk of the breast and the soft and sweet food proper to children, 
and making it to eat bread with crust, and to begin to enjoy the food of robust 
persons. This food, in these aridities and this darkness of sense, is now given 
to the spirit, which is dry and emptied of all the sweetness of sense. And this 
food is the infused contemplation whereof we have spoken.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.xii-p3">2. This is the first and principal benefit caused by this arid and dark night 
of contemplation: the knowledge of oneself and of one’s misery. For, besides the 
fact that all the favours which God grants to the soul are habitually granted to 
them enwrapped in this knowledge, these aridities and this emptiness of the faculties, 
compared with the abundance which the soul experienced aforetime and the difficulty 
which it finds in good works, make it recognize its own lowliness and misery, which 
in the time of its prosperity it was unable to see. Of this there is a good illustration 
in the Book of Exodus, where God, wishing to humble the children of Israel and desiring 
that they should know themselves, commanded them to take away and strip off the 
festal garments and adornments wherewith they were accustomed to adorn themselves 
in the Wilderness, saying: ‘Now from henceforth strip yourselves of festal ornaments 
and put on everyday working dress, that ye may know what treatment ye deserve.’<note n="81" id="vii.xii-p3.1"><scripRef passage="Exodus 33:5" id="vii.xii-p3.2" parsed="|Exod|33|5|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Exod.33.5">Exodus xxxiii, 5</scripRef>.</note> 
This is as though He had said: Inasmuch as the attire that ye wear, being proper 
to festival and rejoicing, causes you to feel less humble concerning yourselves 
than ye should, put off from you this attire, in order that henceforth, seeing yourselves 
clothed with vileness, ye may know that ye merit no more, and may know who ye are. 
Wherefore the soul knows the truth that it knew not at first, concerning its own 
misery; for, at the time when it was clad as for a festival and found in God much 
pleasure, consolation and support, it was somewhat more satisfied and contented, 
since it thought itself to some extent to be serving God. It is true that such souls 
may not have this idea explicitly in their minds; but some suggestion of it at least 
is implanted in them by the satisfaction which they find in their pleasant experiences. 
But, now that the soul has put on its other and working attire—that of aridity 
and abandonment—and now that its first lights have turned into darkness, it possesses 
these lights more truly in this virtue of self-knowledge, which is so excellent 
and so necessary, considering itself now as nothing and experiencing no satisfaction 
in itself; for it sees that it does nothing of itself neither can do anything. And 
the smallness of this self-satisfaction, together with the soul’s affliction at 
not serving God, is considered and esteemed by God as greater than all the consolations 
which the soul formerly experienced and the works which it wrought, however great 
they were, inasmuch as they were the occasion of many imperfections and ignorances. 
And from this attire of aridity proceed, as from their fount and source of self-knowledge, 
not only the things which we have described already, but also the benefits which 
we shall now describe and many more which will have to be omitted.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.xii-p4">3. In the first place, the soul learns to commune with God with more respect 
and more courtesy, such as a soul must ever observe in converse with the Most High. 
These it knew not in its prosperous times of comfort and consolation, for that comforting 
favour which it experienced made its craving for God somewhat bolder than was fitting, 
and discourteous and ill-considered. Even so did it happen to Moses, when he perceived 
that God was speaking to him; blinded by that pleasure and desire, without further 
consideration, he would have made bold to go to Him if God had not commanded him 
to stay and put off his shoes. By this incident we are shown the respect and discretion 
in detachment of desire wherewith a man is to commune with God. When Moses had obeyed 
in this matter, he became so discreet and so attentive that the Scripture says that 
not only did he not make bold to draw near to God, but that he dared not even look 
at Him. For, having taken off the shoes of his desires and pleasures, he became 
very conscious of his wretchedness in the sight of God, as befitted one about to 
hear the word of God. Even so likewise the preparation which God granted to Job 
in order that he might speak with Him consisted not in those delights and glories 
which Job himself reports that he was wont to have in his God, but in leaving him 
naked upon a dung-hill,<note n="82" id="vii.xii-p4.1">[<scripRef passage="Job 2:7-8" id="vii.xii-p4.2" parsed="|Job|2|7|2|8" osisRef="Bible:Job.2.7-Job.2.8">Job ii, 7-8</scripRef>].</note> 
abandoned and even persecuted by his friends, filled with anguish and bitterness, 
and the earth covered with worms. And then the Most High God, He that lifts up the 
poor man from the dunghill, was pleased to come down and speak with him there face 
to face, revealing to him the depths and heights<note n="83" id="vii.xii-p4.3">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘the deep heights.’]</note> 
of His wisdom, in a way that He had never done in the time of his prosperity.
</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.xii-p5">4. And here we must note another excellent benefit which there is in this night 
and aridity of the desire of sense, since we have had occasion to speak of it. It 
is that, in this dark night of the desire (to the end that the words of the Prophet 
may be fulfilled, namely: ‘Thy light shall shine in the darkness’<note n="84" id="vii.xii-p5.1"><scripRef passage="Isaiah 58:10" id="vii.xii-p5.2" parsed="|Isa|58|10|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Isa.58.10">Isaias lviii, 10</scripRef>.</note>), 
God will enlighten the soul, giving it knowledge, not only of its lowliness and 
wretchedness, as we have said, but likewise of the greatness and excellence of God. 
For, as well as quenching the desires and pleasures and attachments of sense, He 
cleanses and frees the understanding that it may understand the truth; for pleasure 
of sense and desire, even though it be for spiritual things, darkens and obstructs 
the spirit, and furthermore that straitness and aridity of sense enlightens and 
quickens the understanding, as says Isaias.<note n="85" id="vii.xii-p5.3"><scripRef passage="Isaiah 28:19" id="vii.xii-p5.4" parsed="|Isa|28|19|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Isa.28.19">Isaias xxviii, 19</scripRef>. [The author omits the actual text.]</note> 
Vexation makes us to understand how the soul that is empty and disencumbered, as 
is necessary for His Divine influence, is instructed supernaturally by God in His 
Divine wisdom, through this dark and arid night of contemplation,<note n="86" id="vii.xii-p5.5">To translate this passage at all, we must read the <i>
<span lang="ES" id="vii.xii-p5.6">Dios cómo</span></i> of P. Silverio (p. 403, 1. 20), which is also found in P. Gerardo 
and elsewhere, as <i><span lang="ES" id="vii.xii-p5.7">cómo Dios</span></i>.</note> 
as we have said; and this instruction God gave not in those first sweetnesses and 
joys.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.xii-p6">5. This is very well explained by the same prophet Isaias, where he says: ‘Whom 
shall God teach His knowledge, and whom shall He make to understand the hearing?’ 
To those, He says, that are weaned from the milk and drawn away from the breasts.<note n="87" id="vii.xii-p6.1"><scripRef passage="Isaiah 28:9" id="vii.xii-p6.2" parsed="|Isa|28|9|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Isa.28.9">Isaias xxviii, 9</scripRef>.</note> 
Here it is shown that the first milk of spiritual sweetness is no preparation for 
this Divine influence, neither is there preparation in attachment to the breast 
of delectable meditations, belonging to the faculties of sense, which gave the soul 
pleasure; such preparation consists rather in the lack of the one and withdrawal 
from the other. Inasmuch as, in order to listen to God, the soul needs to stand 
upright and to be detached, with regard to affection and sense, even as the Prophet 
says concerning himself, in these words: I will stand upon my watch (this is that 
detachment of desire) and I will make firm my step (that is, I will not meditate 
with sense), in order to contemplate (that is, in order to understand that which 
may come to me from God).<note n="88" id="vii.xii-p6.3"><scripRef passage="Habakkuk 2:1" id="vii.xii-p6.4" parsed="|Hab|2|1|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Hab.2.1">Habacuc ii, 1</scripRef>.</note> 
So we have now arrived at this, that from this arid night there first of all comes 
self-knowledge, whence, as from a foundation, rises this other knowledge of God. 
For which cause Saint Augustine said to God: ‘Let me know myself, Lord, and I shall 
know Thee.’<note n="89" id="vii.xii-p6.5">St. Augustine: <i>Soliloq.,</i> Cap. ii.</note> 
For, as the philosophers say, one extreme can be well known by another.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.xii-p7">6. And in order to prove more completely how efficacious is this night of sense, 
with its aridity and its desolation, in bringing the soul that light which, as we 
say, it receives there from God, we shall quote that passage of David, wherein he 
clearly describes the great power which is in this night for bringing the soul this 
lofty knowledge of God. He says, then, thus: ‘In the desert land, waterless, dry 
and pathless, I appeared before Thee, that I might see Thy virtue and Thy glory.’<note n="90" id="vii.xii-p7.1"><scripRef passage="Psalm 62:3" version="VUL" id="vii.xii-p7.2" parsed="vul|Ps|62|3|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.62.3">Psalm lxii, 3</scripRef> 
[A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 63:1-2" id="vii.xii-p7.3" parsed="|Ps|63|1|63|2" osisRef="Bible:Ps.63.1-Ps.63.2">lxiii, 1-2</scripRef>].</note> 
It is a wondrous thing that David should say here that the means and the preparation 
for his knowledge of the glory of God were not the spiritual delights and the many 
pleasures which he had experienced, but the aridities and detachments of his sensual 
nature, which is here to be understood by the dry and desert land. No less wondrous 
is it that he should describe as the road to his perception and vision of the virtue 
of God, not the Divine meditations and conceptions of which he had often made use, 
but his being unable to form any conception of God or to walk by meditation produced 
by imaginary consideration, which is here to be understood by the pathless land. 
So that the means to a knowledge of God and of oneself is this dark night with its 
aridities and voids, although it leads not to a knowledge of Him of the same plenitude 
and abundance that comes from the other night of the spirit, since this is only, 
as it were, the beginning of that other.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.xii-p8">7. Likewise, from the aridities and voids of this night of the desire, the soul 
draws spiritual humility, which is the contrary virtue to the first capital sin, 
which, as we said, is spiritual pride. Through this humility, which is acquired 
by the said knowledge of self, the soul is purged from all those imperfections whereinto 
it fell with respect to that sin of pride, in the time of its prosperity. For it 
sees itself so dry and miserable that the idea never even occurs to it that it is 
making better progress than others, or outstripping them, as it believed itself 
to be doing before. On the contrary, it recognizes that others are making better 
progress than itself.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.xii-p9">8. And hence arises the love of its neighbours, for it esteems them, and judges 
them not as it was wont to do aforetime, when it saw that itself had great fervour 
and others not so. It is aware only of its own wretchedness, which it keeps before 
its eyes to such an extent that it never forgets it, nor takes occasion to set its 
eyes on anyone else. This was described wonderfully by David, when he was in this 
night, in these words: ‘I was dumb and was humbled and kept silence from good things 
and my sorrow was renewed.’<note n="91" id="vii.xii-p9.1"><scripRef passage="Psalm 38:3" version="VUL" id="vii.xii-p9.2" parsed="vul|Ps|38|3|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.38.3">Psalm xxxviii, 3</scripRef> 
[A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 39:2" id="vii.xii-p9.3" parsed="|Ps|39|2|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.39.2">xxxix, 2</scripRef>].</note> 
This he says because it seemed to him that the good that was in his soul had so 
completely departed that not only did he neither speak nor find any language concerning 
it, but with respect to the good of others he was likewise dumb because of his grief 
at the knowledge of his misery.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.xii-p10">9. In this condition, again, souls become submissive and obedient upon the spiritual 
road, for, when they see their own misery, not only do they hear what is taught 
them, but they even desire that anyone soever may set them on the way and tell them 
what they ought to do. The affective presumption which they sometimes had in their 
prosperity is taken from them; and finally, there are swept away from them on this 
road all the other imperfections which we noted above with respect to this first 
sin, which is spiritual pride.</p>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter XIII. Of other benefits which this night of sense causes in the soul." progress="35.65%" prev="vii.xii" next="vii.xiv" id="vii.xiii">
<h2 id="vii.xiii-p0.1">CHAPTER XIII </h2>
<blockquote id="vii.xiii-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="vii.xiii-p1"><i>Of other benefits which this night of sense causes in the soul.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="vii.xiii-p2">WITH respect to the soul’s imperfections of spiritual avarice, because of which 
it coveted this and that spiritual thing and found no satisfaction in this and that 
exercise by reason of its covetousness for the desire and pleasure which it found 
therein, this arid and dark night has now greatly reformed it. For, as it finds 
not the pleasure and sweetness which it was wont to find, but rather finds affliction 
and lack of sweetness, it has such moderate recourse to them that it might possibly 
now lose, through defective use, what aforetime it lost through excess; although 
as a rule God gives to those whom He leads into this night humility and readiness, 
albeit with lack of sweetness, so that what is commanded them they may do for God’s 
sake alone; and thus they no longer seek profit in many things because they find 
no pleasure in them.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.xiii-p3">2. With respect to spiritual luxury, it is likewise clearly seen that, through 
this aridity and lack of sensible sweetness which the soul finds in spiritual things, 
it is freed from those impurities which we there noted; for we said that, as a rule, 
they proceeded from the pleasure which overflowed from spirit into sense.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.xiii-p4">3. But with regard to the imperfections from which the soul frees itself in this 
dark night with respect to the fourth sin, which is spiritual gluttony, they may 
be found above, though they have not all been described there, because they are 
innumerable; and thus I will not detail them here, for I would fain make an end 
of this night in order to pass to the next, concerning which we shall have to pronounce 
grave words and instructions. Let it suffice for the understanding of the innumerable 
benefits which, over and above those mentioned, the soul gains in this night with 
respect to this sin of spiritual gluttony, to say that it frees itself from all 
those imperfections which have there been described, and from many other and greater 
evils, and vile abominations which are not written above, into which fell many of 
whom we have had experience, because they had not reformed their desire as concerning 
this inordinate love of spiritual sweetness. For in this arid and dark night wherein 
He sets the soul, God has restrained its concupiscence and curbed its desire so 
that the soul cannot feed upon any pleasure or sweetness of sense, whether from 
above or from below; and this He continues to do after such manner that the soul 
is subjected, reformed and repressed with respect to concupiscence and desire. It 
loses the strength of its passions and concupiscence and it becomes sterile, because 
it no longer consults its likings. Just as, when none is accustomed to take milk 
from the breast, the courses of the milk are dried up, so the desires of the soul 
are dried up. And besides these things there follow admirable benefits from this 
spiritual sobriety, for, when desire and concupiscence are quenched, the soul lives 
in spiritual tranquillity and peace; for, where desire and concupiscence reign not, 
there is no disturbance, but peace and consolation of God.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.xiii-p5">4. From this there arises another and a second benefit, which is that the soul 
habitually has remembrance of God, with fear and dread of backsliding upon the spiritual 
road, as has been said. This is a great benefit, and not one of the least that results 
from this aridity and purgation of the desire, for the soul is purified and cleansed 
of the imperfections that were clinging to it because of the desires and affections, 
which of their own accord deaden and darken the soul.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.xiii-p6">5. There is another very great benefit for the soul in this night, which is that 
it practices several virtues together, as, for example, patience and longsuffering, 
which are often called upon in these times of emptiness and aridity, when the soul 
endures and perseveres in its spiritual exercises without consolation and without 
pleasure. It practises the charity of God, since it is not now moved by the pleasure 
of attraction and sweetness which it finds in its work, but only by God. It likewise 
practises here the virtue of fortitude, because, in these difficulties and insipidities 
which it finds in its work, it brings strength out of weakness and thus becomes 
strong. All the virtues, in short—the theological and also the cardinal and moral—both 
in body and in spirit, are practised by the soul in these times of aridity.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.xiii-p7">6. And that in this night the soul obtains these four benefits which we have 
here described (namely, delight of peace, habitual remembrance and thought of God, 
cleanness and purity of soul and the practice of the virtues which we have just 
described), David tells us, having experienced it himself when he was in this night, 
in these words: ‘My soul refused consolations, I had remembrance of God, I found 
consolation and was exercised and my spirit failed.’<note n="92" id="vii.xiii-p7.1"><scripRef passage="Psalm 76:4" version="VUL" id="vii.xiii-p7.2" parsed="vul|Ps|76|4|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.76.4">Psalm lxxvi, 4</scripRef> 
[A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 77:3-4" id="vii.xiii-p7.3" parsed="|Ps|77|3|77|4" osisRef="Bible:Ps.77.3-Ps.77.4">lxxvii, 3-4</scripRef>].</note> 
And he then says: ‘And I meditated by night with my heart and was exercised, and 
I swept and purified my spirit’—that is to say, from all the affections.<note n="93" id="vii.xiii-p7.4"><scripRef passage="Psalm 76:7" version="VUL" id="vii.xiii-p7.5" parsed="vul|Ps|76|7|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.76.7">Psalm lxxvi, 7</scripRef> 
[A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 77:6" id="vii.xiii-p7.6" parsed="|Ps|77|6|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.77.6">lxxvii, 6</scripRef>].</note></p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.xiii-p8">7. With respect to the imperfections of the other three spiritual sins which 
we have described above, which are wrath, envy and sloth, the soul is purged hereof 
likewise in this aridity of the desire and acquires the virtues opposed to them; 
for, softened and humbled by these aridities and hardships and other temptations 
and trials wherein God exercises it during this night, it becomes meek with respect 
to God, and to itself, and likewise with respect to its neighbour. So that it is 
no longer disturbed and angry with itself because of its own faults, nor with its 
neighbour because of his, neither is it displeased with God, nor does it utter unseemly 
complaints because He does not quickly make it holy.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.xiii-p9">8. Then, as to envy, the soul has charity toward others in this respect also; 
for, if it has any envy, this is no longer a vice as it was before, when it was 
grieved because others were preferred to it and given greater advantage. Its grief 
now comes from seeing how great is its own misery, and its envy (if it has any) 
is a virtuous envy, since it desires to imitate others, which is great virtue.
</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.xiii-p10">9. Neither are the sloth and the irksomeness which it now experiences concerning 
spiritual things vicious as they were before. For in the past these sins proceeded 
from the spiritual pleasures which the soul sometimes experienced and sought after 
when it found them not. But this new weariness proceeds not from this insuffficiency 
of pleasure, because God has taken from the soul pleasure in all things in this 
purgation of the desire.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.xiii-p11">10. Besides these benefits which have been mentioned, the soul attains innumerable 
others by means of this arid contemplation. For often, in the midst of these times 
of aridity and hardship, God communicates to the soul, when it is least expecting 
it, the purest spiritual sweetness and love, together with a spiritual knowledge 
which is sometimes very delicate, each manifestation of which is of greater benefit 
and worth than those which the soul enjoyed aforetime; although in its beginnings 
the soul thinks that this is not so, for the spiritual influence now granted to 
it is very delicate and cannot be perceived by sense.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.xiii-p12">11. Finally, inasmuch as the soul is now purged from the affections and desires 
of sense, it obtains liberty of spirit, whereby in ever greater degree it gains 
the twelve fruits of the Holy Spirit. Here, too, it is wondrously delivered from 
the hands of its three enemies—devil, world and flesh; for, its pleasure and delight 
of sense being quenched with respect to all things, neither the devil nor the world 
nor sensuality has any arms or any strength wherewith to make war upon the spirit.
</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.xiii-p13">12. These times of aridity, then, cause the soul to journey in all purity in 
the love of God, since it is no longer influenced in its actions by the pleasure 
and sweetness of the actions themselves, as perchance it was when it experienced 
sweetness, but only by a desire to please God. It becomes neither presumptuous nor 
self-satisfied, as perchance it was wont to become in the time of its prosperity, 
but fearful and timid with regard to itself, finding in itself no satisfaction whatsoever; 
and herein consists that holy fear which preserves and increases the virtues. This 
aridity, too, quenches natural energy and concupiscence, as has also been said. 
Save for the pleasure, indeed, which at certain times God Himself infuses into it, 
it is a wonder if it finds pleasure and consolation of sense, through its own diligence, 
in any spiritual exercise or action, as has already been said.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.xiii-p14">13. There grows within souls that experience this arid night concern for God 
and yearnings to serve Him, for in proportion as the breasts of sensuality, wherewith 
it sustained and nourished the desires that it pursued, are drying up, there remains 
nothing in that aridity and detachment save the yearning to serve God, which is 
a thing very pleasing to God. For, as David says, an afflicted spirit is a sacrifice 
to God.<note n="94" id="vii.xiii-p14.1"><scripRef passage="Psalm 50:19" version="VUL" id="vii.xiii-p14.2" parsed="vul|Ps|50|19|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.50.19">Psalm l, 19</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 51:17" id="vii.xiii-p14.3" parsed="|Ps|51|17|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.51.17">li, 17</scripRef>.]</note></p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.xiii-p15">14. When the soul, then, knows that, in this arid purgation through which it 
has passed, it has derived and attained so many and such precious benefits as those 
which have here been described, it tarries not in crying, as in the stanza of which 
we are expounding the lines, ‘Oh, happy chance!—I went forth without being observed.’ 
That is, ‘I went forth’ from the bonds and subjection of the desires of sense and 
the affections, ‘without being observed’—that is to say, without the three enemies 
aforementioned being able to keep me from it. These enemies, as we have said, bind 
the soul as with bonds, in its desires and pleasures, and prevent it from going 
forth from itself to the liberty of the love of God; and without these desires and 
pleasures they cannot give battle to the soul, as has been said.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.xiii-p16">15. When, therefore, the four passions of the soul—which are joy, grief, hope 
and fear—are calmed through continual mortification; when the natural desires have 
been lulled to sleep, in the sensual nature of the soul, by means of habitual times 
of aridity; and when the harmony of the senses and the interior faculties causes 
a suspension of labour and a cessation from the work of meditation, as we have said 
(which is the dwelling and the household of the lower part of the soul), these enemies 
cannot obstruct this spiritual liberty, and the house remains at rest and quiet, 
as says the following line:</p>

<blockquote id="vii.xiii-p16.1">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="vii.xiii-p17"><b>My house being now at rest.</b></p></blockquote>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter XIV. Expounds this last line of the first stanza." progress="38.93%" prev="vii.xiii" next="viii" id="vii.xiv">
<h2 id="vii.xiv-p0.1">CHAPTER XIV </h2>
<blockquote id="vii.xiv-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="vii.xiv-p1"><i>Expounds this last line of the first stanza.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="vii.xiv-p2">WHEN this house of sensuality was now at rest—that is, was mortified—its passions 
being quenched and its desires put to rest and lulled to sleep by means of this 
blessed night of the purgation of sense, the soul went forth, to set out upon the 
road and way of the spirit, which is that of progressives and proficients, and which, 
by another name, is called the way of illumination or of infused contemplation, 
wherein God Himself feeds and refreshes the soul, without meditation, or the soul’s 
active help. Such, as we have said, is the night and purgation of sense in the soul. 
In those who have afterwards to enter the other and more formidable night of the 
spirit, in order to pass to the Divine union of love of God (for not all pass habitually 
thereto, but only the smallest number), it is wont to be accompanied by formidable 
trials and temptations of sense, which last for a long time, albeit longer in some 
than in others. For to some the angel of Satan presents himself—namely, the spirit 
of fornication—that he may buffet their senses with abominable and violent temptations, 
and trouble their spirits with vile considerations and representations which are 
most visible to the imagination, which things at times are a greater affliction 
to them than death.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.xiv-p3">2. At other times in this night there is added to these things the spirit of 
blasphemy, which roams abroad, setting in the path of all the conceptions and thoughts 
of the soul intolerable blasphemies. These it sometimes suggests to the imagination 
with such violence that the soul almost utters them, which is a grave torment to 
it.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.xiv-p4">3. At other times another abominable spirit, which Isaias calls <i><span lang="LA" id="vii.xiv-p4.1">Spiritus vertiginis</span></i>,<note n="95" id="vii.xiv-p4.2">[The ’spirit of giddiness’ of D.V., and ‘perverse spirit’ 
of A.V., <scripRef passage="Isaiah 19:14" id="vii.xiv-p4.3" parsed="|Isa|19|14|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Isa.19.14">Isaias xix, 14</scripRef>.]</note> is 
allowed to molest them, not in order that they may fall, but that it may try them. 
This spirit darkens their senses in such a way that it fills them with numerous 
scruples and perplexities, so confusing that, as they judge, they can never, by 
any means, be satisfied concerning them, neither can they find any help for their 
judgment in counsel or thought. This is one of the severest goads and horrors of 
this night, very closely akin to that which passes in the night of the spirit.
</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.xiv-p5">4. As a rule these storms and trials are sent by God in this night and purgation 
of sense to those whom afterwards He purposes to lead into the other night (though 
not all reach it), to the end that, when they have been chastened and buffeted, 
they may in this way continually exercise and prepare themselves, and continually 
accustom their senses and faculties to the union of wisdom which is to be bestowed 
upon them in that other night. For, if the soul be not tempted, exercised and proved 
with trials and temptations, it cannot quicken its sense of Wisdom. For this reason 
it is said in Ecclesiasticus: ‘He that has not been tempted, what does he know? 
And he that has not been proved, what are the things that he recognizes?’<note n="96" id="vii.xiv-p5.1"><scripRef passage="Ecclesiasticus 34:9-10" id="vii.xiv-p5.2" parsed="|Sir|34|9|34|10" osisRef="Bible:Sir.34.9-Sir.34.10">Ecclesiasticus xxxiv, 9-10</scripRef>.</note> 
To this truth Jeremias bears good witness, saying: ‘Thou didst chastise me, Lord, 
and I was instructed.’<note n="97" id="vii.xiv-p5.3"><scripRef passage="Jeremiah 31:18" id="vii.xiv-p5.4" parsed="|Jer|31|18|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Jer.31.18">Jeremias xxxi, 18</scripRef>.</note> 
And the most proper form of this chastisement, for one who will enter into Wisdom, 
is that of the interior trials which we are here describing, inasmuch as it is these 
which most effectively purge sense of all favours and consolations to which it was 
affected, with natural weakness, and by which the soul is truly humiliated in preparation 
for the exaltation which it is to experience.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.xiv-p6">5. For how long a time the soul will be held in this fasting and penance of sense, 
cannot be said with any certainty; for all do not experience it after one manner, 
neither do all encounter the same temptations. For this is meted out by the will 
of God, in conformity with the greater or the smaller degree of imperfection which 
each soul has to purge away. In conformity, likewise, with the degree of love of 
union to which God is pleased to raise it, He will humble it with greater or less 
intensity or in greater or less time. Those who have the disposition and greater 
strength to suffer, He purges with greater intensity and more quickly. But those 
who are very weak are kept for a long time in this night, and these He purges very 
gently and with slight temptations. Habitually, too, He gives them refreshments 
of sense so that they may not fall away, and only after a long time do they attain 
to purity of perfection in this life, some of them never attaining to it at all. 
Such are neither properly in the night nor properly out of it; for, although they 
make no progress, yet, in order that they may continue in humility and self-knowledge, 
God exercises them for certain periods and at certain times<note n="98" id="vii.xiv-p6.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘for certain days.’]</note> 
in those temptations and aridities; and at other times and seasons He assists them 
with consolations, lest they should grow faint and return to seek the consolations 
of the world. Other souls, which are weaker, God Himself accompanies, now appearing 
to them, now moving farther away, that He may exercise them in His love; for without 
such turnings away they would not learn to reach God.</p>
<p class="normal" id="vii.xiv-p7">6. But the souls which are to pass on to that happy and high estate, the union 
of love, are wont as a rule to remain for a long time in these aridities and temptations, 
however quickly God may lead them, as has been seen by experience. It is time, then, 
to begin to treat of the second night.</p>
</div2>

</div1>

<div1 title="Book The Second" progress="40.63%" prev="vii.xiv" next="viii.i" id="viii">
<h1 id="viii-p0.1">BOOK THE SECOND</h1>
<h2 id="viii-p0.2">Of the Dark Night of the Spirit.</h2>

<div2 title="Chapter I. Which begins to treat of the dark nights of the spirit and says at what time  it begins." progress="40.65%" prev="viii" next="viii.ii" id="viii.i">
<h2 id="viii.i-p0.1">CHAPTER I</h2>
<blockquote id="viii.i-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.i-p1"><i>Which begins to treat of the dark nights of the spirit and says at what time 
it begins.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="viii.i-p2">THE soul which God is about to lead onward is not led by His Majesty into this 
night of the spirit as soon as it goes forth from the aridities and trials of the 
first purgation and night of sense; rather it is wont to pass a long time, even 
years, after leaving the state of beginners, in exercising itself in that of proficients. 
In this latter state it is like to one that has come forth from a rigorous imprisonment;<note n="99" id="viii.i-p2.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘from a narrow prison.’]</note> 
it goes about the things of God with much greater freedom and satisfaction of the 
soul, and with more abundant and inward delight than it did at the beginning before 
it entered the said night. For its imagination and faculties are no longer bound, 
as they were before, by meditation and anxiety of spirit, since it now very readily 
finds in its spirit the most serene and loving contemplation and spiritual sweetness 
without the labour of meditation; although, as the purgation of the soul is not 
complete (for the principal part thereof, which is that of the spirit, is wanting, 
without which, owing to the communication that exists between the one part and the 
other,<note n="100" id="viii.i-p2.2">[i.e., between sense and spirit.]</note> 
since the subject is one only, the purgation of sense, however violent it may have 
been, is not yet complete and perfect), it is never without certain occasional necessities, 
aridities, darknesses and perils which are sometimes much more intense than those 
of the past, for they are as tokens and heralds of the coming night of the spirit, 
and are not of as long duration as will be the night which is to come. For, having 
passed through a period, or periods, or days of this night and tempest, the soul 
soon returns to its wonted serenity; and after this manner God purges certain souls 
which are not to rise to so high a degree of love as are others, bringing them at 
times, and for short periods, into this night of contemplation and purgation of 
the spirit, causing night to come upon them and then dawn, and this frequently, 
so that the words of David may be fulfilled, that He sends His crystal—that is, 
His contemplation—like morsels,<note n="101" id="viii.i-p2.3"><scripRef passage="Psalm 147:17" id="viii.i-p2.4" parsed="|Ps|147|17|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.147.17">Psalm cxlvii, 17</scripRef> [D.V. and A.V.].</note> 
although these morsels of dark contemplation are never as intense as is that terrible 
night of contemplation which we are to describe, into which, of set purpose, God 
brings the soul that He may lead it to Divine union.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.i-p3">2. This sweetness, then, and this interior pleasure which we are describing, 
and which these progressives find and experience in their spirits so easily and 
so abundantly, is communicated to them in much greater abundance than aforetime, 
overflowing into their senses more than was usual previously to this purgation of 
sense; for, inasmuch as the sense is now purer, it can more easily feel the pleasures 
of the spirit after its manner. As, however, this sensual part of the soul is weak 
and incapable of experiencing the strong things of the spirit, it follows that these 
proficients, by reason of this spiritual communication which is made to their sensual 
part endure therein many frailties and sufferings and weaknesses of the stomach, 
and in consequence are fatigued in spirit. For, as the Wise Man says: ‘The corruptible 
body presseth down the soul.’<note n="102" id="viii.i-p3.1"><scripRef passage="Wisdom 9:15" id="viii.i-p3.2" parsed="|Wis|9|15|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Wis.9.15">Wisdom ix, 15</scripRef>.</note> 
Hence comes it that the communications that are granted to these souls cannot be 
very strong or very intense or very spiritual, as is required for Divine union with 
God, by reason of the weakness and corruption of the sensual nature which has a 
part in them. Hence arise the raptures and trances and dislocations of the bones 
which always happen when the communications are not purely spiritual—that is, are 
not given to the spirit alone, as are those of the perfect who are purified by the 
second night of the spirit, and in whom these raptures and torments of the body 
no longer exist, since they are enjoying liberty of spirit, and their senses are 
now neither clouded nor transported.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.i-p4">3. And in order that the necessity for such souls to enter this night of the 
spirit may be understood, we will here note certain imperfections and perils which 
belong to these proficients.</p>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter II. Describes other imperfections which belong to these proficients." progress="41.95%" prev="viii.i" next="viii.iii" id="viii.ii">
<h2 id="viii.ii-p0.1">CHAPTER II </h2>
<blockquote id="viii.ii-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.ii-p1"><i>Describes other imperfections<note n="103" id="viii.ii-p1.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘Continues with other imperfections.’]</note> which belong to these proficients.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="viii.ii-p2">THESE proficients have two kinds of imperfection: the one kind is habitual; the 
other actual. The habitual imperfections are the imperfect habits and affections 
which have remained all the time in the spirit, and are like roots, to which the 
purgation of sense has been unable to penetrate. The difference between the purgation 
of these and that of this other kind is the difference between the root and the 
branch, or between the removing of a stain which is fresh and one which is old and 
of long standing. For, as we said, the purgation of sense is only the entrance and 
beginning of contemplation leading to the purgation of the spirit, which, as we 
have likewise said, serves rather to accommodate sense to spirit than to unite spirit 
with God. But there still remain in the spirit the stains of the old man, although 
the spirit thinks not that this is so, neither can it perceive them; if these stains 
be not removed with the soap and strong lye of the purgation of this night, the 
spirit will be unable to come to the purity of Divine union.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.ii-p3">2. These souls have likewise the <i><span lang="LA" id="viii.ii-p3.1">hebetudo mentis</span></i><note n="104" id="viii.ii-p3.2">[i.e., ‘deadening of the mind.’]</note> 
and the natural roughness which every man contracts through sin, and the distraction 
and outward clinging of the spirit, which must be enlightened, refined and recollected 
by the afflictions and perils of that night. These habitual imperfections belong 
to all those who have not passed beyond this state of the proficient; they cannot 
coexist, as we say, with the perfect state of union through love.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.ii-p4">3. To actual imperfections all are not liable in the same way. Some, whose spiritual 
good is so superficial and so readily affected by sense, fall into greater difficulties 
and dangers, which we described at the beginning of this treatise. For, as they 
find so many and such abundant spiritual communications and apprehensions, both 
in sense and in spirit wherein they oftentimes see imaginary and spiritual visions 
(for all these things, together with other delectable feelings, come to many souls 
in this state, wherein the devil and their own fancy very commonly practise deceptions 
on them), and, as the devil is apt to take such pleasure in impressing upon the 
soul and suggesting to it the said apprehensions and feelings, he fascinates and 
deludes it with great ease unless it takes the precaution of resigning itself to 
God, and of protecting itself strongly, by means of faith, from all these visions 
and feelings. For in this state the devil causes many to believe in vain visions 
and false prophecies; and strives to make them presume that God and the saints are 
speaking with them; and they often trust their own fancy. And the devil is also 
accustomed, in this state, to fill them with presumption and pride, so that they 
become attracted by vanity and arrogance, and allow themselves to be seen engaging 
in outward acts which appear holy, such as raptures and other manifestations. Thus 
they become bold with God, and lose holy fear, which is the key and the custodian 
of all the virtues; and in some of these souls so many are the falsehoods and deceits 
which tend to multiply, and so inveterate do they grow, that it is very doubtful 
if such souls will return to the pure road of virtue and true spirituality. Into 
these miseries they fall because they are beginning to give themselves over to spiritual 
feelings and apprehensions with too great security, when they were beginning to 
make some progress upon the way.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.ii-p5">4. There is much more that I might say of these imperfections and of how they 
are the more incurable because such souls consider them to be more spiritual than 
the others, but I will leave this subject. I shall only add, in order to prove how 
necessary, for him that would go farther, is the night of the spirit, which is purgation, 
that none of these proficients, however strenuously he may have laboured, is free, 
at best, from many of those natural affections and imperfect habits, purification 
from which, we said, is necessary if a soul is to pass to Divine union.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.ii-p6">5. And over and above this (as we have said already), inasmuch as the lower part 
of the soul still has a share in these spiritual communications, they cannot be 
as intense, as pure and as strong as is needful for the aforesaid union; wherefore, 
in order to come to this union, the soul must needs enter into the second night 
of the spirit, wherein it must strip sense and spirit perfectly from all these apprehensions 
and from all sweetness, and be made to walk in dark and pure faith, which is the 
proper and adequate means whereby the soul is united with God, according as Osee 
says, in these words: ‘I will betroth thee—that is, I will unite thee—with Me 
through faith.’<note n="105" id="viii.ii-p6.1"><scripRef passage="Hosea 2:20" id="viii.ii-p6.2" parsed="|Hos|2|20|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Hos.2.20">Osee ii, 20</scripRef>.</note></p>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter III. Annotation for that which follows." progress="43.45%" prev="viii.ii" next="viii.iv" id="viii.iii">
<h2 id="viii.iii-p0.1">CHAPTER III </h2>
<blockquote id="viii.iii-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.iii-p1"><i>Annotation for that which follows.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="viii.iii-p2">THESE souls, then, have now become proficients, because of the time which they 
have spent in feeding the senses with sweet communications, so that their sensual 
part, being thus attracted and delighted by spiritual pleasure, which came to it 
from the spirit, may be united with the spirit and made one with it; each part after 
its own manner eating of one and the same spiritual food and from one and the same 
dish, as one person and with one sole intent, so that thus they may in a certain 
way be united and brought into agreement, and, thus united, may be prepared for 
the endurance of the stern and severe purgation of the spirit which awaits them. 
In this purgation these two parts of the soul, the spiritual and the sensual, must 
be completely purged, since the one is never truly purged without the other, the 
purgation of sense becoming effective when that of the spirit has fairly begun. 
Wherefore the night which we have called that of sense may and should be called 
a kind of correction and restraint of the desire rather than purgation. The reason 
is that all the imperfections and disorders of the sensual part have their strength 
and root in the spirit, where all habits, both good and bad, are brought into subjection, 
and thus, until these are purged, the rebellions and depravities of sense cannot 
be purged thoroughly.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.iii-p3">2. Wherefore, in this night following, both parts of the soul are purged together, 
and it is for this end that it is well to have passed through the corrections of 
the first night, and the period of tranquillity which proceeds from it, in order 
that, sense being united with spirit, both may be purged after a certain manner 
and may then suffer with greater fortitude. For very great fortitude is needful 
for so violent and severe a purgation, since, if the weakness of the lower part 
has not first been corrected and fortitude has not been gained from God through 
the sweet and delectable communion which the soul has afterwards enjoyed with Him, 
its nature will not have the strength or the disposition to bear it.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.iii-p4">3. Therefore, since these proficients are still at a very low stage of progress, 
and follow their own nature closely in the intercourse and dealings which they have 
with God, because the gold of their spirit is not yet purified and refined, they 
still think of God as little children, and speak of God as little children, and 
feel and experience God as little children, even as Saint Paul says,<note n="106" id="viii.iii-p4.1"><scripRef passage="1Corinthians 13:11" id="viii.iii-p4.2" parsed="|1Cor|13|11|0|0" osisRef="Bible:1Cor.13.11">1 Corinthians xiii, 11</scripRef>.</note> 
because they have not reached perfection, which is the union of the soul with God. 
In the state of union, however, they will work great things in the spirit, even 
as grown men, and their works and faculties will then be Divine rather than human, 
as will afterwards be said. To this end God is pleased to strip them of this old 
man and clothe them with the new man, who is created according to God, as the Apostle 
says,<note n="107" id="viii.iii-p4.3">[<scripRef passage="Ephesians 4:24" id="viii.iii-p4.4" parsed="|Eph|4|24|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Eph.4.24">Ephesians iv, 24</scripRef>.]</note> 
in the newness of sense. He strips their faculties, affections and feelings, both 
spiritual and sensual, both outward and inward, leaving the understanding dark, 
the will dry, the memory empty and the affections in the deepest affliction, bitterness 
and constraint, taking from the soul the pleasure and experience of spiritual blessings 
which it had aforetime, in order to make of this privation one of the principles 
which are requisite in the spirit so that there may be introduced into it and united 
with it the spiritual form of the spirit, which is the union of love. All this the 
Lord works in the soul by means of a pure and dark contemplation, as the soul explains 
in the first stanza. This, although we originally interpreted it with reference 
to the first night of sense, is principally understood by the soul of this second 
night of the spirit, since this is the principal part of the purification of the 
soul. And thus we shall set it down and expound it here again in this sense.</p>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter IV. Sets down the first stanza and the exposition thereof." progress="44.68%" prev="viii.iii" next="viii.v" id="viii.iv">
<h2 id="viii.iv-p0.1">CHAPTER IV </h2>
<blockquote id="viii.iv-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.iv-p1"><i>Sets down the first stanza and the exposition thereof.</i></p></blockquote>

<blockquote id="viii.iv-p1.1">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.iv-p2"><i>On a dark night, Kindled in love with yearnings—oh, happy chance!—</i> <br />
<i>I went forth without being observed, My house being now at rest.</i></p></blockquote>

<h2 id="viii.iv-p2.2">EXPOSITION</h2>
<p class="normal" id="viii.iv-p3">INTERPRETING this stanza now with reference to purgation, contemplation or detachment 
or poverty of spirit, which here are almost one and the same thing, we can expound 
it after this manner and make the soul speak thus: In poverty, and without protection 
or support in all the apprehensions of my soul—that is, in the darkness of my understanding 
and the constraint of my will, in affliction and anguish with respect to memory, 
remaining in the dark in pure faith, which is dark night for the said natural faculties, 
the will alone being touched by grief and afflictions and yearnings for the love 
of God—I went forth from myself—that is, from my low manner of understanding, 
from my weak mode of loving and from my poor and limited manner of experiencing 
God, without being hindered therein by sensuality or the devil.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.iv-p4">2. This was a great happiness and a good chance for me; for, when the faculties 
had been perfectly annihilated and calmed, together with the passions, desires and 
affections of my soul, wherewith I had experienced and tasted God after a lowly 
manner, I went forth from my own human dealings and operations to the operations 
and dealings of God. That is to say, my understanding went forth from itself, turning 
from the human and natural to the Divine; for, when it is united with God by means 
of this purgation, its understanding no longer comes through its natural light and 
vigour, but through the Divine Wisdom wherewith it has become united. And my will 
went forth from itself, becoming Divine; for, being united with Divine love, it 
no longer loves with its natural strength after a lowly manner, but with strength 
and purity from the Holy Spirit; and thus the will, which is now near to God, acts 
not after a human manner, and similarly the memory has become transformed into eternal 
apprehensions of glory. And finally, by means of this night and purgation of the 
old man, all the energies and affections of the soul are wholly renewed into a Divine 
temper and Divine delight.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.iv-p5">There follows the line:</p>

<blockquote id="viii.iv-p5.1">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.iv-p6"><i>On a dark night.</i></p></blockquote>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter V. Sets down the first line and begins to explain how this dark contemplation  is not only night for the soul but is also grief and torment." progress="45.38%" prev="viii.iv" next="viii.vi" id="viii.v">
<h2 id="viii.v-p0.1">CHAPTER V</h2>
<blockquote id="viii.v-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.v-p1"><i>Sets down the first line and begins to explain how this dark contemplation 
is not only night for the soul but is also grief and torment.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="viii.v-p2">THIS dark night is an inflowing of God into the soul, which purges it from its 
ignorances and imperfections, habitual natural and spiritual, and which is called 
by contemplatives infused contemplation, or mystical theology. Herein God secretly 
teaches the soul and instructs it in perfection of love without its doing anything, 
or understanding of what manner is this infused contemplation. Inasmuch as it is 
the loving wisdom of God, God produces striking effects in the soul for, by purging 
and illumining it, He prepares it for the union of love with God. Wherefore the 
same loving wisdom that purges the blessed spirits and enlightens them is that which 
here purges the soul and illumines it.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.v-p3">2. But the question arises: Why is the Divine light (which as we say, illumines 
and purges the soul from its ignorances) here called by the soul a dark night? To 
this the answer is that for two reasons this Divine wisdom is not only night and 
darkness for the soul, but is likewise affliction and torment. The first is because 
of the height of Divine Wisdom, which transcends the talent of the soul, and in 
this way is darkness to it; the second, because of its vileness and impurity, in 
which respect it is painful and afflictive to it, and is also dark.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.v-p4">3. In order to prove the first point, we must here assume a certain doctrine 
of the philosopher, which says that, the clearer and more manifest are Divine things 
in themselves the darker and more hidden are they to the soul naturally; just as, 
the clearer is the light, the more it blinds and darkens the pupil of the owl, and, 
the more directly we look at the sun, the greater is the darkness which it causes 
in our visual faculty, overcoming and overwhelming it through its own weakness. 
In the same way, when this Divine light of contemplation assails the soul which 
is not yet wholly enlightened, it causes spiritual darkness in it; for not only 
does it overcome it, but likewise it overwhelms it and darkens the act of its natural 
intelligence. For this reason Saint Dionysius and other mystical theologians call 
this infused contemplation a ray of darkness—that is to say, for the soul that 
is not enlightened and purged—for the natural strength of the intellect is transcended 
and overwhelmed by its great supernatural light. Wherefore David likewise said: 
That near to God and round about Him are darkness and cloud;<note n="108" id="viii.v-p4.1"><scripRef passage="Psalm 96:2" version="VUL" id="viii.v-p4.2" parsed="vul|Ps|96|2|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.96.2">Psalm xcvi, 2</scripRef> 
[A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 97:2" id="viii.v-p4.3" parsed="|Ps|97|2|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.97.2">xcvii, 2</scripRef>].</note> 
not that this is so in fact, but that it is so to our weak understanding, which 
is blinded and darkened by so vast a light, to which it cannot attain.<note n="109" id="viii.v-p4.4">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘not attaining.’]</note> 
For this cause the same David then explained himself, saying: ‘Through the great 
splendour of His presence passed clouds’<note n="110" id="viii.v-p4.5"><scripRef passage="Psalm 17:13" version="VUL" id="viii.v-p4.6" parsed="vul|Ps|17|13|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.17.13">Psalm xvii, 13</scripRef>, 
[A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 18:12" id="viii.v-p4.7" parsed="|Ps|18|12|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.18.12">xviii, 12</scripRef>].</note>—that 
is, between God and our understanding. And it is for this cause that, when God sends 
it out from Himself to the soul that is not yet transformed, this illumining ray 
of His secret wisdom causes thick darkness in the understanding.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.v-p5">4. And it is clear that this dark contemplation is in these its beginnings painful 
likewise to the soul; for, as this Divine infused contemplation has many excellences 
that are extremely good, and the soul that receives them, not being purged, has 
many miseries that are likewise extremely bad, hence it follows that, as two contraries 
cannot coexist in one subject—the soul—it must of necessity have pain and suffering, 
since it is the subject wherein these two contraries war against each other, working 
the one against the other, by reason of the purgation of the imperfections of the 
soul which comes to pass through this contemplation. This we shall prove inductively 
in the manner following.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.v-p6">5. In the first place, because the light and wisdom of this contemplation is 
most bright and pure, and the soul which it assails is dark and impure, it follows 
that the soul suffers great pain when it receives it in itself, just as, when the 
eyes are dimmed by humours, and become impure and weak, the assault made upon them 
by a bright light causes them pain. And when the soul suffers the direct assault 
of this Divine light, its pain, which results from its impurity, is immense; because, 
when this pure light assails the soul, in order to expel its impurity, the soul 
feels itself to be so impure and miserable that it believes God to be against it, 
and thinks that it has set itself up against God. This causes it sore grief and 
pain, because it now believes that God has cast it away: this was one of the greatest 
trials which Job felt when God sent him this experience, and he said: ‘Why hast 
Thou set me contrary to Thee, so that I am grievous and burdensome to myself?’<note n="111" id="viii.v-p6.1"><scripRef passage="Job 7:20" id="viii.v-p6.2" parsed="|Job|7|20|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Job.7.20">Job vii, 20</scripRef>.</note> 
For, by means of this pure light, the soul now sees its impurity clearly (although 
darkly), and knows clearly that it is unworthy of God or of any creature. And what 
gives it most pain is that it thinks that it will never be worthy and that its good 
things are all over for it. This is caused by the profound immersion of its spirit 
in the knowledge and realization of its evils and miseries; for this Divine and 
dark light now reveals them all to the eye, that it may see clearly how in its own 
strength it can never have aught else. In this sense we may understand that passage 
from David, which says: ‘For iniquity Thou hast corrected man and hast made his 
soul to be undone and consumed: he wastes away as the spider.’<note n="112" id="viii.v-p6.3"><scripRef passage="Psalm 38:12" version="VUL" id="viii.v-p6.4" parsed="vul|Ps|38|12|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.38.12">Psalm xxxviii, 12</scripRef> 
[A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 39:11" id="viii.v-p6.5" parsed="|Ps|39|11|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.39.11">xxxix, 11</scripRef>].</note>
</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.v-p7">6. The second way in which the soul suffers pain is by reason of its weakness, 
natural, moral and spiritual; for, when this Divine contemplation assails the soul 
with a certain force, in order to strengthen it and subdue it, it suffers such pain 
in its weakness that it nearly swoons away. This is especially so at certain times 
when it is assailed with somewhat greater force; for sense and spirit, as if beneath 
some immense and dark load, are in such great pain and agony that the soul would 
find advantage and relief in death. This had been experienced by the prophet Job, 
when he said: ‘I desire not that He should have intercourse with me in great strength, 
lest He oppress me with the weight of His greatness.’<note n="113" id="viii.v-p7.1"><scripRef passage="Job 23:6" id="viii.v-p7.2" parsed="|Job|23|6|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Job.23.6">Job xxiii, 6</scripRef>.</note></p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.v-p8">7. Beneath the power of this oppression and weight the soul feels itself so far 
from being favoured that it thinks, and correctly so, that even that wherein it 
was wont to find some help has vanished with everything else, and that there is 
none who has pity upon it. To this effect Job says likewise: ‘Have pity upon me, 
have pity upon me, at least ye my friends, because the hand of the Lord has touched 
me.’<note n="114" id="viii.v-p8.1"><scripRef passage="Job 19:21" id="viii.v-p8.2" parsed="|Job|19|21|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Job.19.21">Job xix, 21</scripRef>.</note> 
A thing of great wonder and pity is it that the soul’s weakness and impurity should 
now be so great that, though the hand of God is of itself so light and gentle, the 
soul should now feel it to be so heavy and so contrary,<note n="115" id="viii.v-p8.3">[There is a reference here to <scripRef passage="Job 7:20" id="viii.v-p8.4" parsed="|Job|7|20|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Job.7.20">Job vii, 20</scripRef>: cf. sect. 
5, above.]</note> 
though it neither weighs it down nor rests upon it, but only touches it, and that 
mercifully, since He does this in order to grant the soul favours and not to chastise 
it.</p>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter VI. Of other kinds of pain that the soul suffers in this night." progress="47.61%" prev="viii.v" next="viii.vii" id="viii.vi">
<h2 id="viii.vi-p0.1">CHAPTER VI</h2>
<blockquote id="viii.vi-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.vi-p1"><i>Of other kinds of pain that the soul suffers in this night.</i></p>

</blockquote><p class="normal" id="viii.vi-p2">THE third kind of suffering and pain that the soul endures in this state results 
from the fact that two other extremes meet here in one, namely, the Divine and the 
human. The Divine is this purgative contemplation, and the human is the subject—that 
is, the soul. The Divine assails the soul in order to renew it and thus to make 
it Divine; and, stripping it of the habitual affections and attachments of the old 
man, to which it is very closely united, knit together and conformed, destroys and 
consumes its spiritual substance, and absorbs it in deep and profound darkness. 
As a result of this, the soul feels itself to be perishing and melting away, in 
the presence and sight of its miseries, in a cruel spiritual death, even as if it 
had been swallowed by a beast and felt itself being devoured in the darkness of 
its belly, suffering such anguish as was endured by Jonas in the belly of that beast 
of the sea.<note n="116" id="viii.vi-p2.1"><scripRef passage="Jonah 2:1" id="viii.vi-p2.2" parsed="|Jonah|2|1|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Jonah.2.1">Jonas ii, 1</scripRef>.</note> 
For in this sepulchre of dark death it must needs abide until the spiritual resurrection 
which it hopes for.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.vi-p3">2. A description of this suffering and pain, although in truth it transcends 
all description, is given by David, when he says: ‘The lamentations of death compassed 
me about; the pains of hell surrounded me; I cried in my tribulation.’<note n="117" id="viii.vi-p3.1" /> 
But what the sorrowful soul feels most in this condition is its clear perception, 
as it thinks, that God has abandoned it, and, in His abhorrence of it, has flung 
it into darkness; it is a grave and piteous grief for it to believe that God has 
forsaken it. It is this that David also felt so much in a like case, saying: ‘After 
the manner wherein the wounded are dead in the sepulchres,’ being now cast off by 
Thy hand, so that Thou rememberest them no more, even so have they set me in the 
deepest and lowest lake, in the dark places and in the shadow of death, and Thy 
fury is confirmed upon me and all Thy waves Thou hast brought in upon me.’<note n="118" id="viii.vi-p3.2"><scripRef passage="Psalm 87:6-8" version="VUL" id="viii.vi-p3.3" parsed="vul|Ps|87|6|87|8" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.87.6-Ps.87.8">Psalm lxxxvii, 6-8</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 88:5-7" id="viii.vi-p3.4" parsed="|Ps|88|5|88|7" osisRef="Bible:Ps.88.5-Ps.88.7">lxxxviii, 5-7</scripRef>].</note> 
For indeed, when this purgative contemplation is most severe, the soul feels very 
keenly the shadow of death and the lamentations of death and the pains of hell, 
which consist in its feeling itself to be without God, and chastised and cast out, 
and unworthy of Him; and it feels that He is wroth with it. All this is felt by 
the soul in this condition—yea, and more, for it believes that it is so with it 
for ever.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.vi-p4">3. It feels, too, that all creatures have forsaken it, and that it is contemned 
by them, particularly by its friends. Wherefore David presently continues, saying: 
’ Thou hast put far from me my friends and acquaintances; they have counted me an 
abomination.’<note n="119" id="viii.vi-p4.1"><scripRef passage="Psalm 87:9" version="VUL" id="viii.vi-p4.2" parsed="vul|Ps|87|9|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.87.9">Psalm lxxxvii, 9</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 88:8" id="viii.vi-p4.3" parsed="|Ps|88|8|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.88.8">lxxxviii, 8</scripRef>].</note> 
To all this will Jonas testify, as one who likewise experienced it in the belly 
of the beast, both bodily and spiritually. ‘Thou hast cast me forth (he says) into 
the deep, into the heart of the sea, and the flood hath compassed me; all its billows 
and waves have passed over me. And I said, “I am cast away out of the sight of Thine 
eyes, but I shall once again see Thy holy temple” (which he says, because God purifies 
the soul in this state that it may see His temple); the waters compassed me, even 
to the soul, the deep hath closed me round about, the ocean hath covered my head, 
I went down to the lowest parts of the mountains; the bars of the earth have shut 
me up for ever.’<note n="120" id="viii.vi-p4.4"><scripRef passage="Jonah 2:4-7" version="VUL" id="viii.vi-p4.5" parsed="vul|Jonah|2|4|2|7" osisRef="Bible.vul:Jonah.2.4-Jonah.2.7">Jonas ii, 4-7</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Jonah 2:3-6" id="viii.vi-p4.6" parsed="|Jonah|2|3|2|6" osisRef="Bible:Jonah.2.3-Jonah.2.6">ii, 3-6</scripRef>].</note> 
By these bars are here understood, in this sense, imperfections of the soul, which 
have impeded it from enjoying this delectable contemplation.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.vi-p5">4. The fourth kind of pain is caused in the soul by another excellence of this 
dark contemplation, which is its majesty and greatness, from which arises in the 
soul a consciousness of the other extreme which is in itself—namely, that of the 
deepest poverty and wretchedness: this is one of the chiefest pains that it suffers 
in this purgation. For it feels within itself a profound emptiness and impoverishment 
of three kinds of good, which are ordained for the pleasure of the soul which are 
the temporal, the natural and the spiritual; and finds itself set in the midst of 
the evils contrary to these, namely, miseries of imperfection, aridity and emptiness 
of the apprehensions of the faculties and abandonment of the spirit in darkness. 
Inasmuch as God here purges the soul according to the substance of its sense and 
spirit, and according to the interior and exterior faculties, the soul must needs 
be in all its parts reduced to a state of emptiness, poverty and abandonment and 
must be left dry and empty and in darkness. For the sensual part is purified in 
aridity, the faculties are purified in the emptiness of their perceptions and the 
spirit is purified in thick darkness.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.vi-p6">5. All this God brings to pass by means of this dark contemplation; wherein the 
soul not only suffers this emptiness and the suspension of these natural supports 
and perceptions, which is a most afflictive suffering (as if a man were suspended 
or held in the air so that he could not breathe), but likewise He is purging the 
soul, annihilating it, emptying it or consuming in it (even as fire consumes the 
mouldiness and the rust of metal) all the affections and imperfect habits which 
it has contracted in its whole life. Since these are deeply rooted in the substance 
of the soul, it is wont to suffer great undoings and inward torment, besides the 
said poverty and emptiness, natural and spiritual, so that there may here be fulfilled 
that passage from Ezechiel which says: ‘Heap together the bones and I will burn 
them in the fire; the flesh shall be consumed and the whole composition shall be 
burned and the bones shall be destroyed.’<note n="121" id="viii.vi-p6.1"><scripRef passage="Ezekiel 24:10" id="viii.vi-p6.2" parsed="|Ezek|24|10|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ezek.24.10">Ezechiel xxiv, 10</scripRef>.</note> 
Herein is understood the pain which is suffered in the emptiness and poverty of 
the substance of the soul both in sense and in spirit. And concerning this he then 
says: ’set it also empty upon the coals, that its metal may become hot and molten, 
and its uncleanness may be destroyed within it, and its rust may be consumed.’<note n="122" id="viii.vi-p6.3"><scripRef passage="Ezekiel 24:11" id="viii.vi-p6.4" parsed="|Ezek|24|11|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ezek.24.11">Ezechiel xxiv, 11</scripRef>.</note> 
Herein is described the grave suffering which the soul here endures in the purgation 
of the fire of this contemplation, for the Prophet says here that, in order for 
the rust of the affections which are within the soul to be purified and destroyed, 
it is needful that, in a certain manner, the soul itself should be annihilated and 
destroyed, since these passions and imperfections have become natural to it.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.vi-p7">6. Wherefore, because the soul is purified in this furnace like gold in a crucible, 
as says the Wise Man,<note n="123" id="viii.vi-p7.1"><scripRef passage="Wisdom 3:6" id="viii.vi-p7.2" parsed="|Wis|3|6|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Wis.3.6">Wisdom iii, 6</scripRef>.</note> 
it is conscious of this complete undoing of itself in its very substance, together 
with the direst poverty, wherein it is, as it were, nearing its end, as may be seen 
by that which David says of himself in this respect, in these words: ’save me, Lord 
(he cries to God), for the waters have come in even unto my soul; I am made fast 
in the mire of the deep and there is no place where I can stand; I am come into 
the depth of the sea and a tempest hath overwhelmed me; I have laboured crying, 
my throat has become hoarse, mine eyes have failed whilst I hope in my God.’<note n="124" id="viii.vi-p7.3"><scripRef passage="Psalm 68:2-4" version="VUL" id="viii.vi-p7.4" parsed="vul|Ps|68|2|68|4" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.68.2-Ps.68.4">Psalm lxviii, 2-4</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 69:1-3" id="viii.vi-p7.5" parsed="|Ps|69|1|69|3" osisRef="Bible:Ps.69.1-Ps.69.3">lxix, 1-3</scripRef>].</note> 
Here God greatly humbles the soul in order that He may afterwards greatly exalt 
it; and if He ordained not that, when these feelings arise within the soul, they 
should speedily be stilled, it would die in a very short space; but there are only 
occasional periods when it is conscious of their greatest intensity. At times, however, 
they are so keen that the soul seems to be seeing hell and perdition opened. Of 
such are they that in truth go down alive into hell, being purged here on earth 
in the same manner as there, since this purgation is that which would have to be 
accomplished there. And thus the soul that passes through this either enters not 
that place<note n="125" id="viii.vi-p7.6">[i.e., purgatory.]</note> at all, or tarries there but for a very short time; for one hour of purgation here 
is more profitable than are many there.</p>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter VII. Continues the same matter and considers other afflictions end constraints  of the will." progress="50.10%" prev="viii.vi" next="viii.viii" id="viii.vii">
<h2 id="viii.vii-p0.1">CHAPTER VII</h2>
<blockquote id="viii.vii-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.vii-p1"><i>Continues the same matter and considers other afflictions end constraints 
of the will.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="viii.vii-p2">THE afflictions and constraints of the will are now very great likewise, and 
of such a kind that they sometimes transpierce the soul with a sudden remembrance 
of the evils in the midst of which it finds itself, and with the uncertainty of 
finding a remedy for them. And to this is added the remembrance of times of prosperity 
now past; for as a rule souls that enter this night have had many consolations from 
God, and have rendered Him many services, and it causes them the greater grief to 
see that they are far removed from that happiness and unable to enter into it. This 
was also described by Job, who had had experience of it, in these words: ‘I, who 
was wont to be wealthy and rich, am suddenly undone and broken to pieces; He hath 
taken me by my neck; He hath broken me and set me up for His mark to wound me; He 
hath compassed me round about with His lances; He hath wounded all my loins; He 
hath not spared; He hath poured out my bowels on the earth; He hath broken me with 
wound upon wound; He hath assailed me as a strong giant; I have sewed sackcloth 
upon my skin and have covered my flesh with ashes; my face is become swollen with 
weeping and mine eyes are blinded.’<note n="126" id="viii.vii-p2.1"><scripRef passage="Job 16:13-17" version="VUL" id="viii.vii-p2.2" parsed="vul|Job|16|13|16|17" osisRef="Bible.vul:Job.16.13-Job.16.17">Job xvi, 13-17</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Job 16:12-16" id="viii.vii-p2.3" parsed="|Job|16|12|16|16" osisRef="Bible:Job.16.12-Job.16.16">xvi, 12-16</scripRef>].</note></p>

<p class="normal" id="viii.vii-p3">2. So many and so grievous are the afflictions of this night, and so many passages 
of Scripture are there which could be cited to this purpose, that time and strength 
would fail us to write of them, for all that can be said thereof is certainly less 
than the truth. From the passages already quoted some idea may be gained of them. 
And, that we may bring the exposition of this line to a close and explain more fully 
what is worked in the soul by this night, I shall tell what Jeremias felt about 
it, which, since there is so much of it, he describes and bewails in many words 
after this manner: ‘I am the man that see my poverty in the rod of His indignation; 
He hath threatened me and brought me into darkness and not into light. So far hath 
He turned against me and hath converted His hand upon me all the day! My skin and 
my flesh hath He made old; He hath broken my bones; He hath made a fence around 
me and compassed me with gall and trial; He hath set me in dark places, as those 
that are dead for ever. He hath made a fence around me and against me, that I may 
not go out; He hath made my captivity heavy. Yea, and when I have cried and have 
entreated, He hath shut out my prayer. He hath enclosed my paths and ways out with 
square stones; He hath thwarted my steps. He hath set ambushes for me; He hath become 
to me a lion in a secret place. He hath turned aside my steps and broken me in pieces, 
He hath made me desolate; He hath bent His bow and set me as a mark for His arrow. 
He hath shot into my reins the daughters of His quiver. I have become a derision 
to all the people, and laughter and scorn for them all the day. He hath filled me 
with bitterness and hath made me drunken with wormwood. He hath broken my teeth 
by number; He hath fed me with ashes. My soul is cast out from peace; I have forgotten 
good things. And I said: “Mine end is frustrated and cut short, together with my 
desire and my hope from the Lord. Remember my poverty and my excess, the wormwood 
and the gall. I shall be mindful with remembrance and my soul shall be undone within 
me in pains.”’<note n="127" id="viii.vii-p3.1"><scripRef passage="Lamentations 3:1-20" id="viii.vii-p3.2" parsed="|Lam|3|1|3|20" osisRef="Bible:Lam.3.1-Lam.3.20">Lamentations iii, 1-20</scripRef>.</note></p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.vii-p4">3. All these complaints Jeremias makes about these pains and trials, and by means 
of them he most vividly depicts the sufferings of the soul in this spiritual night 
and purgation. Wherefore the soul that God sets in this tempestuous and horrible 
night is deserving of great compassion. For, although it experiences much happiness 
by reason of the great blessings that must arise on this account within it, when, 
as Job says, God raises up profound blessings in the soul out of darkness, and brings 
up to light the shadow of death,<note n="128" id="viii.vii-p4.1"><scripRef passage="Job 12:22" id="viii.vii-p4.2" parsed="|Job|12|22|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Job.12.22">Job xii, 22</scripRef>.</note> 
so that, as David says, His light comes to be as was His darkness;<note n="129" id="viii.vii-p4.3"><scripRef passage="Psalm 138:12" version="VUL" id="viii.vii-p4.4" parsed="vul|Ps|138|12|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.138.12">Psalm cxxxviii, 12</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 139:12" id="viii.vii-p4.5" parsed="|Ps|139|12|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.139.12">cxxxix, 12</scripRef>].</note> 
yet notwithstanding, by reason of the dreadful pain which the soul is suffering, 
and of the great uncertainty which it has concerning the remedy for it, since it 
believes, as this prophet says here, that its evil will never end, and it thinks, 
as David says likewise, that God set it in dark places like those that are dead,<note n="130" id="viii.vii-p4.6">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘like to the dead of the world (<i>or</i> of the age).’]</note> 
and for this reason brought its spirit within it into anguish and troubled its heart,<note n="131" id="viii.vii-p4.7"><scripRef passage="Psalm 142:3" version="VUL" id="viii.vii-p4.8" parsed="vul|Ps|142|3|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.142.3">Psalm cxlii, 3</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 143:3-4" id="viii.vii-p4.9" parsed="|Ps|143|3|143|4" osisRef="Bible:Ps.143.3-Ps.143.4">cxliii, 3-4</scripRef>].</note> 
it suffers great pain and grief, since there is added to all this (because of the 
solitude and abandonment caused in it by this dark night) the fact that it finds 
no consolation or support in any instruction nor in a spiritual master. For, although 
in many ways its director may show it good reason for being comforted because of 
the blessings which are contained in these afflictions, it cannot believe him. For 
it is so greatly absorbed and immersed in the realization of those evils wherein 
it sees its own miseries so clearly, that it thinks that, as its director observes 
not that which it sees and feels, he is speaking in this manner because he understands 
it not; and so, instead of comfort, it rather receives fresh affliction, since it 
believes that its director’s advice contains no remedy for its troubles. And, in 
truth, this is so; for, until the Lord shall have completely purged it after the 
manner that He wills, no means or remedy is of any service or profit for the relief 
of its affliction; the more so because the soul is as powerless in this case as 
one who has been imprisoned in a dark dungeon, and is bound hand and foot, and can 
neither move nor see, nor feel any favour whether from above or from below, until 
the spirit is humbled, softened and purified, and grows so keen and delicate and 
pure that it can become one with the Spirit of God, according to the degree of union 
of love which His mercy is pleased to grant it; in proportion to this the purgation 
is of greater or less severity and of greater or less duration.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.vii-p5">4. But, if it is to be really effectual, it will last for some years, however 
severe it be; since the purgative process allows intervals of relief wherein, by 
the dispensation of God, this dark contemplation ceases to assail the soul in the 
form and manner of purgation, and assails it after an illuminative and a loving 
manner, wherein the soul, like one that has gone forth from this dungeon and imprisonment, 
and is brought into the recreation of spaciousness and liberty, feels and experiences 
great sweetness of peace and loving friendship with God, together with a ready abundance 
of spiritual communication. This is to the soul a sign of the health which is being 
wrought within it by the said purgation and a foretaste of the abundance for which 
it hopes. Occasionally this is so great that the soul believes its trials to be 
at last over. For spiritual things in the soul, when they are most purely spiritual, 
have this characteristic that, if trials come to it, the soul believes that it will 
never escape from them, and that all its blessings are now over, as has been seen 
in the passages quoted; and, if spiritual blessings come, the soul believes in the 
same way that its troubles are now over, and that blessings will never fail it. 
This was so with David, when he found himself in the midst of them, as he confesses 
in these words: ‘I said in my abundance: “I shall never be moved.”’<note n="132" id="viii.vii-p5.1"><scripRef passage="Psalm 29:7" version="VUL" id="viii.vii-p5.2" parsed="vul|Ps|29|7|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.29.7">Psalm xxix, 7</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 30:6" id="viii.vii-p5.3" parsed="|Ps|30|6|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.30.6">xxx, 6</scripRef>].</note></p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.vii-p6">5. This happens because the actual possession by the spirit of one of two contrary 
things itself makes impossible the actual possession and realization of the other 
contrary thing; this is not so, however, in the sensual part of the soul, because 
its apprehension is weak. But, as the spirit is not yet completely purged and cleansed 
from the affections that it has contracted from its lower part, while changing not 
in so far as it is spirit, it can be moved to further afflictions in so far as these 
affections sway it. In this way, as we see, David was afterwards moved, and experienced 
many ills and afflictions, although in the time of his abundance he had thought 
and said that he would never be moved. Just so is it with the soul in this condition, 
when it sees itself moved by that abundance of spiritual blessings, and, being unable 
to see the root of the imperfection and impurity which still remain within it, thinks 
that its trials are over.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.vii-p7">6. This thought, however, comes to the soul but seldom, for, until spiritual 
purification is complete and perfected, the sweet communication is very rarely so 
abundant as to conceal from the soul the root which remains hidden, in such a way 
that the soul can cease to feel that there is something that it lacks within itself 
or that it has still to do. Thus it cannot completely enjoy that relief, but feels 
as if one of its enemies were within it, and although this enemy is, as it were, 
hushed and asleep, it fears that he will come to life again and attack it.<note n="133" id="viii.vii-p7.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘and play his tricks upon it.’]</note> 
And this is what indeed happens, for, when the soul is most secure and least alert, 
it is dragged down and immersed again in another and a worse degree of affliction 
which is severer and darker and more grievous than that which is past; and this 
new affliction will continue for a further period of time, perhaps longer than the 
first. And the soul once more comes to believe that all its blessings are over for 
ever. Although it had thought during its first trial that there were no more afflictions 
which it could suffer, and yet, after the trial was over, it enjoyed great blessings, 
this experience is not sufficient to take away its belief, during this second degree 
of trial, that all is now over for it and that it will never again be happy as in 
the past. For, as I say, this belief, of which the soul is so sure, is caused in 
it by the actual apprehension of the spirit, which annihilates within it all that 
is contrary to it.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.vii-p8">7. This is the reason why those who lie in purgatory suffer great misgivings 
as to whether they will ever go forth from it and whether their pains will ever 
be over. For, although they have the habit of the three theological virtues—faith, 
hope and charity—the present realization which they have of their afflictions and 
of their deprivation of God allows them not to enjoy the present blessing and consolation 
of these virtues. For, although they are able to realize that they have a great 
love for God, this is no consolation to them, since they cannot think that God loves 
them or that they are worthy that He should do so; rather, as they see that they 
are deprived of Him, and left in their own miseries, they think that there is that 
in themselves which provides a very good reason why they should with perfect justice 
be abhorred and cast out by God for ever.<note n="134" id="viii.vii-p8.1"><p class="normal" id="viii.vii-p9">B. Bz., C, H. Mtr. all have this long passage on the 
suffering of the soul in Purgatory. It would be rash, therefore, to deny that St. 
John of the Cross is its author, [or to suppose, as P. Gerardo did, that he deleted 
it during a revision of his works]. An admirably constructed synthesis of these 
questions will be found in B. Belarmino, <i>De Purgatorio</i>, Bk. II, chaps. iv, 
v. He asks if souls in Purgatory are sure of their salvation. This was denied by 
Luther, and by a number of Catholic writers, who held that, among the afflictions 
of these souls, the greatest is this very uncertainty, some maintain that, though 
they have in fact such certainty, they are unaware of it. Belarmino quotes among 
other authorities Denis the Carthusian <i>De quattuor novissimis</i>, Gerson (Lect. 
I <i>De Vita Spirituali</i>) and John of Rochester (against Luther’s 32nd article); 
these writers claim that, as sin which is venial is only so through the Divine mercy, 
it may with perfect justice be rewarded by eternal punishment, and thus souls that 
have committed venial sin cannot be confident of their salvation. He also shows, 
however, that the common opinion of theologians is that the souls in Purgatory are 
sure of their salvation, and considers various degrees of certainty, adding very 
truly that, while these souls experience no fear, they experience hope, since they 
have not yet the Beatific vision.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.vii-p10">Uncertainty as to their salvation, it is said, might arise from ignorance of 
the sentence passed upon them by the Judge or from the deadening of their faculties 
by the torments which they are suffering. Belarmino refutes these and other suppositions 
with great force and effect. St. John of the Cross seems to be referring to the 
last named when he writes of the realization of their afflictions and their deprivation 
of God not allowing them to enjoy the blessings of the theological virtues. It is 
not surprising if the Saint, not having examined very closely this question, of 
which he would have read treatments in various authors, thought of it principally 
as an apt illustration of the purifying and refining effects of passive purgation; 
and an apt illustration it certainly is.</p>
</note> 
And thus although the soul in this purgation is conscious that it has a great love 
for God and would give a thousand lives for Him (which is the truth, for in these 
trials such souls love their God very earnestly), yet this is no relief to it, but 
rather brings it greater affliction. For it loves Him so much that it cares about 
naught beside; when, therefore, it sees itself to be so wretched that it cannot 
believe that God loves it, nor that there is or will ever be reason why He should 
do so, but rather that there is reason why it should be abhorred, not only by Him, 
but by all creatures for ever, it is grieved to see in itself reasons for deserving 
to be cast out by Him for Whom it has such great love and desire.</p>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter VIII. Of other pains which afflict the soul in this state." progress="54.38%" prev="viii.vii" next="viii.ix" id="viii.viii">
<h2 id="viii.viii-p0.1">CHAPTER VIII</h2>
<blockquote id="viii.viii-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.viii-p1"><i>Of other pains which afflict the soul in this state.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="viii.viii-p2">BUT there is another thing here that afflicts and distresses the soul greatly, 
which is that, as this dark night has hindered its faculties and affections in this 
way, it is unable to raise its affection or its mind to God, neither can it pray 
to Him, thinking, as Jeremias thought concerning himself, that God has set a cloud 
before it through which its prayer cannot pass.<note n="135" id="viii.viii-p2.1"><scripRef passage="Lamentations 3:44" id="viii.viii-p2.2" parsed="|Lam|3|44|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Lam.3.44">Lamentations iii, 44</scripRef>.</note>
For it is this that is meant by that which is said in the passage referred to, namely: 
’ He hath shut and enclosed my paths with square stones.’<note n="136" id="viii.viii-p2.3">[<scripRef passage="Lamentations 3:9" id="viii.viii-p2.4" parsed="|Lam|3|9|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Lam.3.9">Lamentations iii, 9</scripRef>.]</note> 
And if it sometimes prays it does so with such lack of strength and of sweetness 
that it thinks that God neither hears it nor pays heed to it, as this Prophet likewise 
declares in the same passage, saying: ‘When I cry and entreat, He hath shut out 
my prayer.’<note n="137" id="viii.viii-p2.5"><scripRef passage="Lamentations 3:9" id="viii.viii-p2.6" parsed="|Lam|3|9|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Lam.3.9">Lamentations iii, 9</scripRef>.</note> 
In truth this is no time for the soul to speak with God; it should rather put its 
mouth in the dust, as Jeremias says, so that perchance there may come to it some 
present hope,<note n="138" id="viii.viii-p2.7"><scripRef passage="Lamentations 3:28" id="viii.viii-p2.8" parsed="|Lam|3|28|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Lam.3.28">Lamentations iii, 28</scripRef>.</note> 
and it may endure its purgation with patience. It is God Who is passively working 
here in the soul; wherefore the soul can do nothing. Hence it can neither pray nor 
pay attention when it is present at the Divine offices,<note n="139" id="viii.viii-p2.9">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘at the Divine things.’]</note> 
much less can it attend to other things and affairs which are temporal. Not only 
so, but it has likewise such distractions and times of such profound forgetfulness 
of the memory that frequent periods pass by without its knowing what it has been 
doing or thinking, or what it is that it is doing or is going to do, neither can 
it pay attention, although it desire to do so, to anything that occupies it.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.viii-p3">2. Inasmuch as not only is the understanding here purged of its light, and the 
will of its affections, but the memory is also purged of meditation and knowledge, 
it is well that it be likewise annihilated with respect to all these things, so 
that that which David says of himself in this purgation may by fulfilled, namely: 
’ I was annihilated and I knew not.’<note n="140" id="viii.viii-p3.1"><scripRef passage="Psalm 72:22" version="VUL" id="viii.viii-p3.2" parsed="vul|Ps|72|22|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.72.22">Psalm lxxii, 22</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 73:22" id="viii.viii-p3.3" parsed="|Ps|73|22|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.73.22">lxxiii, 22</scripRef>].</note> 
This unknowing refers to these follies and forgetfulnesses of the memory, which 
distractions and forgetfulnesses are caused by the interior recollection wherein 
this contemplation absorbs the soul. For, in order that the soul may be divinely 
prepared and tempered with its faculties for the Divine union of love, it would 
be well for it to be first of all absorbed, with all its faculties, in this Divine 
and dark spiritual light of contemplation, and thus to be withdrawn from all the 
affections and apprehensions of the creatures, which condition ordinarily continues 
in proportion to its intensity. And thus, the simpler and the purer is this Divine 
light in its assault upon the soul, the more does it darken it, void it and annihilate 
it according to its particular apprehensions and affections, with regard both to 
things above and to things below; and similarly, the less simple and pure is it 
in this assault, the less deprivation it causes it and the less dark is it. Now 
this is a thing that seems incredible, to say that, the brighter and purer is supernatural 
and Divine light, the more it darkens the soul, and that, the less bright and pure 
is it, the less dark it is to the soul. Yet this may readily be understood if we 
consider what has been proved above by the dictum of the philosopher—namely, that 
the brighter and the more manifest in themselves are supernatural things the darker 
are they to our understanding.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.viii-p4">3. And, to the end that this may be understood the more clearly, we shall here 
set down a similitude referring to common and natural light. We observe that a ray 
of sunlight which enters through the window is the less clearly visible according 
as it is the purer and freer from specks, and the more of such specks and motes 
there are in the air, the brighter is the light to the eye. The reason is that it 
is not the light itself that is seen; the light is but the means whereby the other 
things that it strikes are seen, and then it is also seen itself, through its reflection 
in them; were it not for this, neither it nor they would have been seen. Thus if 
the ray of sunlight entered through the window of one room and passed out through 
another on the other side, traversing the room, and if it met nothing on the way, 
or if there were no specks in the air for it to strike, the room would have no more 
light than before, neither would the ray of light be visible. In fact, if we consider 
it carefully, there is more darkness where the ray is, since it absorbs and obscures 
any other light, and yet it is itself invisible, because, as we have said, there 
are no visible objects which it can strike.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.viii-p5">4. Now this is precisely what this Divine ray of contemplation does in the soul. 
Assailing it with its Divine light, it transcends the natural power of the soul, 
and herein it darkens it and deprives it of all natural affections and apprehensions 
which it apprehended aforetime by means of natural light; and thus it leaves it 
not only dark, but likewise empty, according to its faculties and desires, both 
spiritual and natural. And, by thus leaving it empty and in darkness, it purges 
and illumines it with Divine spiritual light, although the soul thinks not that 
it has this light, but believes itself to be in darkness, even as we have said of 
the ray of light, which although it be in the midst of the room, yet, if it be pure 
and meet nothing on its path, is not visible. With regard, however, to this spiritual 
light by which the soul is assailed, when it has something to strike—that is, when 
something spiritual presents itself to be understood, however small a speck it be 
and whether of perfection or imperfection, or whether it be a judgment of the falsehood 
or the truth of a thing—it then sees and understands much more clearly than before 
it was in these dark places. And exactly in the same way it discerns the spiritual 
light which it has in order that it may readily discern the imperfection which is 
presented to it; even as, when the ray of which we have spoken, within the room, 
is dark and not itself visible, if one introduce a hand or any other thing into 
its path, the hand is then seen and it is realized that that sunlight is present.
</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.viii-p6">5. Wherefore, since this spiritual light is so simple, pure and general, not 
appropriated or restricted to any particular thing that can be understood, whether 
natural or Divine (since with respect to all these apprehensions the faculties of 
the soul are empty and annihilated), it follows that with great comprehensiveness 
and readiness the soul discerns and penetrates whatsoever thing presents itself 
to it, whether it come from above or from below; for which cause the Apostle said: 
That the spiritual man searches all things, even the deep things of God.<note n="141" id="viii.viii-p6.1"><scripRef passage="1Corinthians 2:10" id="viii.viii-p6.2" parsed="|1Cor|2|10|0|0" osisRef="Bible:1Cor.2.10">1 Corinthians ii, 10</scripRef>. [<i>Lit.</i>, ‘penetrates all 
things.’]</note> 
For by this general and simple wisdom is understood that which the Holy Spirit says 
through the Wise Man, namely: That it reaches wheresoever it wills by reason of 
its purity;<note n="142" id="viii.viii-p6.3"><scripRef passage="Wisdom 7:24" id="viii.viii-p6.4" parsed="|Wis|7|24|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Wis.7.24">Wisdom vii, 24</scripRef>.</note> 
that is to say, because it is not restricted to any particular object of the intellect 
or affection. And this is the characteristic of the spirit that is purged and annihilated 
with respect to all particular affections and objects of the understanding, that 
in this state wherein it has pleasure in nothing and understands nothing in particular, 
but dwells in its emptiness, darkness and obscurity, it is fully prepared to embrace 
everything to the end that those words of Saint Paul may be fulfilled in it: <i>
Nihil habentes, et omnia possidentes</i>.<note n="143" id="viii.viii-p6.5"><scripRef passage="2Corinthians 6:10" id="viii.viii-p6.6" parsed="|2Cor|6|10|0|0" osisRef="Bible:2Cor.6.10">2 Corinthians vi, 10</scripRef>.</note> For 
such poverty of spirit as this would deserve such happiness.</p>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter IX. How, although this night brings darkness to the spirit, it does so in order  to illumine it and give it light." progress="56.80%" prev="viii.viii" next="viii.x" id="viii.ix">
<h2 id="viii.ix-p0.1">CHAPTER IX </h2>
<blockquote id="viii.ix-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.ix-p1"><i>How, although this night brings darkness to the spirit, it does so in order 
to illumine it and give it light.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="viii.ix-p2">IT now remains to be said that, although this happy night brings darkness to 
the spirit, it does so only to give it light in everything; and that, although it 
humbles it and makes it miserable, it does so only to exalt it and to raise it up; 
and, although it impoverishes it and empties it of all natural affection and attachment, 
it does so only that it may enable it to stretch forward, divinely, and thus to 
have fruition and experience of all things, both above and below, yet to preserve 
its unrestricted liberty of spirit in them all. For just as the elements, in order 
that they may have a part in all natural entities and compounds, must have no particular 
colour, odour or taste, so as to be able to combine with all tastes odours and colours, 
just so must the spirit be simple, pure and detached from all kinds of natural affection, 
whether actual or habitual, to the end that it may be able freely to share in the 
breadth of spirit of the Divine Wisdom, wherein, through its purity, it has experience 
of all the sweetness of all things in a certain pre-eminently excellent way.<note n="144" id="viii.ix-p2.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘with a certain eminence of excellence.’]</note> 
And without this purgation it will be wholly unable to feel or experience the satisfaction 
of all this abundance of spiritual sweetness. For one single affection remaining 
in the spirit, or one particular thing to which, actually or habitually, it clings, 
suffices to hinder it from feeling or experiencing or communicating the delicacy 
and intimate sweetness of the spirit of love, which contains within itself all sweetness 
to a most eminent degree.<note n="145" id="viii.ix-p2.2">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘. . . sweetness, with great eminence.’]</note></p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.ix-p3">2. For, even as the children of Israel, solely because they retained one single 
affection and remembrance—namely, with respect to the fleshpots and the meals which 
they had tasted in Egypt<note n="146" id="viii.ix-p3.1"><scripRef passage="Exodus 16:3" id="viii.ix-p3.2" parsed="|Exod|16|3|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Exod.16.3">Exodus xvi, 3</scripRef>.</note>—could 
not relish the delicate bread of angels, in the desert, which was the manna, which, 
as the Divine Scripture says, held sweetness for every taste and turned to the taste 
that each one desired;<note n="147" id="viii.ix-p3.3"><scripRef passage="Wisdom 16:21" id="viii.ix-p3.4" parsed="|Wis|16|21|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Wis.16.21">Wisdom xvi, 21</scripRef>.</note> 
even so the spirit cannot succeed in enjoying the delights of the spirit of liberty, 
according to the desire of the will, if it be still affectioned to any desire, whether 
actual or habitual, or to particular objects of understanding, or to any other apprehension. 
The reason for this is that the affections, feelings and apprehensions of the perfect 
spirit, being Divine, are of another kind and of a very different order from those 
that are natural. They are pre-eminent, so that, in order both actually and habitually 
to possess the one, it is needful to expel and annihilate the other, as with two 
contrary things, which cannot exist together in one person. Therefore it is most 
fitting and necessary, if the soul is to pass to these great things, that this dark 
night of contemplation should first of all annihilate and undo it in its meannesses, 
bringing it into darkness, aridity, affliction and emptiness; for the light which 
is to be given to it is a Divine light of the highest kind, which transcends all 
natural light, and which by nature can find no place in the understanding.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.ix-p4">3. And thus it is fitting that, if the understanding is to be united with that 
light and become Divine in the state of perfection, it should first of all be purged 
and annihilated as to its natural light, and, by means of this dark contemplation, 
be brought actually into darkness. This darkness should continue for as long as 
is needful in order to expel and annihilate the habit which the soul has long since 
formed in its manner of understanding, and the Divine light and illumination will 
then take its place. And thus, inasmuch as that power of understanding which it 
had aforetime is natural, it follows that the darkness which it here suffers is 
profound and horrible and most painful, for this darkness, being felt in the deepest 
substance of the spirit, seems to be substantial darkness. Similarly, since the 
affection of love which is to be given to it in the Divine union of love is Divine, 
and therefore very spiritual, subtle and delicate, and very intimate, transcending 
every affection and feeling of the will, and every desire thereof, it is fitting 
that, in order that the will may be able to attain to this Divine affection and 
most lofty delight, and to feel it and experience it through the union of love, 
since it is not, in the way of nature, perceptible to the will, it be first of all 
purged and annihilated in all its affections and feelings, and left in a condition 
of aridity and constraint, proportionate to the habit of natural affections which 
it had before, with respect both to Divine things and to human. Thus, being exhausted, 
withered and thoroughly tried in the fire of this dark contemplation, and having 
driven away every kind<note n="148" id="viii.ix-p4.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘from every kind.’ But see <scripRef passage="Tobit 8:2" id="viii.ix-p4.2" parsed="|Tob|8|2|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Tob.8.2">Tobias viii, 
2</scripRef>. The ‘deprived’ of e.p. gives the best reading of this phrase, but the general 
sense is clear from the Scriptural reference.]</note> 
of evil spirit (as with the heart of the fish which Tobias set on the coals<note n="149" id="viii.ix-p4.3"><scripRef passage="Tobit 8:2" id="viii.ix-p4.4" parsed="|Tob|8|2|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Tob.8.2">Tobias viii, 2</scripRef>.</note>), 
it may have a simple and pure disposition, and its palate may be purged and healthy, 
so that it may feel the rare and sublime touches of Divine love, wherein it will 
see itself divinely transformed, and all the contrarieties, whether actual or habitual, 
which it had aforetime, will be expelled, as we are saying.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.ix-p5">4. Moreover, in order to attain the said union to which this dark night is disposing 
and leading it, the soul must be filled and endowed with a certain glorious magnificence 
in its communion with God, which includes within itself innumerable blessings springing 
from delights which exceed all the abundance that the soul can naturally possess. 
For by nature the soul is so weak and impure that it cannot receive all this. As 
Isaias says: ‘Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither hath it entered into the 
heart of man, that which God hath prepared, etc.’<note n="150" id="viii.ix-p5.1"><scripRef passage="Isaiah 64:4" id="viii.ix-p5.2" parsed="|Isa|64|4|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Isa.64.4">Isaias lxiv, 4</scripRef> [<scripRef passage="1Corinthians 2:9" id="viii.ix-p5.3" parsed="|1Cor|2|9|0|0" osisRef="Bible:1Cor.2.9">1 Corinthians ii, 9</scripRef>].</note> 
It is meet, then, that the soul be first of all brought into emptiness and poverty 
of spirit and purged from all help, consolation and natural apprehension with respect 
to all things, both above and below. In this way, being empty, it is able indeed 
to be poor in spirit and freed from the old man, in order to live that new and blessed 
life which is attained by means of this night, and which is the state of union with 
God.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.ix-p6">5. And because the soul is to attain to the possession of a sense, and of a Divine 
knowledge, which is very generous and full of sweetness, with respect to things 
Divine and human, which fall not within the common experience and natural knowledge 
of the soul (because it looks on them with eyes as different from those of the past 
as spirit is different from sense and the Divine from the human), the spirit must 
be straitened<note n="151" id="viii.ix-p6.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘be made thin.’]</note> 
and inured to hardships as regards its common and natural experience, and be brought 
by means of this purgative contemplation into great anguish and affliction, and 
the memory must be borne far from all agreeable and peaceful knowledge, and have 
an intimated sense and feeling that it is making a pilgrimage and being a stranger 
to all things, so that it seems to it that all things are strange and of a different 
kind from that which they were wont to be. For this night is gradually drawing the 
spirit away from its ordinary and common experience of things and bringing it nearer 
the Divine sense, which is a stranger and an alien to all human ways. It seems now 
to the soul that it is going forth from its very self, with much affliction. At 
other times it wonders if it is under a charm or a spell, and it goes about marvelling 
at the things that it sees and hears, which seem to it very strange and rare, though 
they are the same that it was accustomed to experience aforetime. The reason of 
this is that the soul is now becoming alien and remote from common sense and knowledge 
of things, in order that, being annihilated in this respect, it may be informed 
with the Divine—which belongs rather to the next life than to this.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.ix-p7">6. The soul suffers all these afflictive purgations of the spirit to the end 
that it may be begotten anew in spiritual life by means of this Divine inflowing, 
and in these pangs may bring forth the spirit of salvation, that the saying of Isaias 
may be fulfilled: ‘In Thy sight, O Lord, we have conceived, and we have been as 
in the pangs of labour, and we have brought forth the spirit of salvation.’<note n="152" id="viii.ix-p7.1"><scripRef passage="Isaiah 26:17-18" id="viii.ix-p7.2" parsed="|Isa|26|17|26|18" osisRef="Bible:Isa.26.17-Isa.26.18">Isaias xxvi, 17-18</scripRef>.</note> 
Moreover, since by means of this contemplative night the soul is prepared for the 
attainment of inward peace and tranquillity, which is of such a kind and so delectable 
that, as the Scripture says, it passes all understanding,<note n="153" id="viii.ix-p7.3">[<scripRef passage="Philippians 4:7" id="viii.ix-p7.4" parsed="|Phil|4|7|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Phil.4.7">Philippians iv, 7</scripRef>.]</note> 
it behoves the soul to abandon all its former peace. This was in reality no peace 
at all, since it was involved in imperfections; but to the soul aforementioned it 
appeared to be so, because it was following its own inclinations, which were for 
peace. It seemed, indeed, to be a twofold peace—that is, the soul believed that 
it had already acquired the peace of sense and that of spirit, for it found itself 
to be full of the spiritual abundance of this peace of sense and of spirit—as I 
say, it is still imperfect. First of all, then, it must be purged of that former 
peace and disquieted concerning it and withdrawn from it.<note n="154" id="viii.ix-p7.5">[We have here split up a parenthesis of about seventy 
words.]</note> 
Even so was Jeremias when, in the passage which we quoted from him, he felt and 
lamented<note n="155" id="viii.ix-p7.6">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘and wept.’]</note> 
thus, in order to express the calamities of this night that is past, saying: ‘My 
soul is withdrawn and removed from peace.’<note n="156" id="viii.ix-p7.7"><scripRef passage="Lamentations 3:17" id="viii.ix-p7.8" parsed="|Lam|3|17|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Lam.3.17">Lamentations iii, 17</scripRef>.</note></p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.ix-p8">7. This is a painful disturbance, involving many misgivings, imaginings, and 
strivings which the soul has within itself, wherein, with the apprehension and realization 
of the miseries in which it sees itself, it fancies that it is lost and that its 
blessings have gone for ever. Wherefore the spirit experiences pain and sighing 
so deep that they cause it vehement spiritual groans and cries, to which at times 
it gives vocal expression; when it has the necessary strength and power it dissolves 
into tears, although this relief comes but seldom. David describes this very aptly, 
in a Psalm, as one who has had experience of it, where he says: ‘I was exceedingly 
afflicted and humbled; I roared with the groaning of my heart.’<note n="157" id="viii.ix-p8.1"><scripRef passage="Psalm 37:9" version="VUL" id="viii.ix-p8.2" parsed="vul|Ps|37|9|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.37.9">Psalm xxxvii, 9</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 38:8" id="viii.ix-p8.3" parsed="|Ps|38|8|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.38.8">xxxviii, 8</scripRef>].</note> 
This roaring implies great pain; for at times, with the sudden and acute remembrance 
of these miseries wherein the soul sees itself, pain and affliction rise up and 
surround it, and I know not how the affections of the soul could be described<note n="158" id="viii.ix-p8.4">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘. . . sees itself, it arises and is surrounded 
with pain and affliction the affections of the soul, that I know not how it could 
be described.’ A confused, ungrammatical sentence, of which, however, the general 
meaning is not doubtful.]</note> 
save in the similitude of holy Job, when he was in the same trials, and uttered 
these words: ‘Even as the overflowing of the waters, even so is my roaring.’<note n="159" id="viii.ix-p8.5"><scripRef passage="Job 3:24" id="viii.ix-p8.6" parsed="|Job|3|24|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Job.3.24">Job iii, 24</scripRef>.</note> 
For just as at times the waters make such inundations that they overwhelm and fill 
everything, so at times this roaring and this affliction of the soul grow to such 
an extent that they overwhelm it and penetrate it completely, filling it with spiritual 
pain and anguish in all its deep affections and energies, to an extent surpassing 
all possibility of exaggeration.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.ix-p9">8. Such is the work wrought in the soul by this night that hides the hopes of 
the light of day. With regard to this the prophet Job says likewise: ‘In the night 
my mouth is pierced with sorrows and they that feed upon me sleep not.’<note n="160" id="viii.ix-p9.1"><scripRef passage="Job 30:17" version="VUL" id="viii.ix-p9.2" parsed="vul|Job|30|17|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Job.30.17">Job xxx, 17</scripRef>.</note> 
Now here by the mouth is understood the will, which is transpierced with these pains 
that tear the soul to pieces, neither ceasing nor sleeping, for the doubts and misgivings 
which transpierce the soul in this way never cease.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.ix-p10">9. Deep is this warfare and this striving, for the peace which the soul hopes 
for will be very deep; and the spiritual pain is intimate and delicate, for the 
love which it will possess will likewise be very intimate and refined. The more 
intimate and the more perfect the finished work is to be and to remain, the more 
intimate, perfect and pure must be the labour; the firmer the edifice, the harder 
the labour. Wherefore, as Job says, the soul is fading within itself, and its vitals 
are being consumed without any hope.<note n="161" id="viii.ix-p10.1"><scripRef passage="Job 30:16" version="VUL" id="viii.ix-p10.2" parsed="vul|Job|30|16|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Job.30.16">Job xxx, 16</scripRef>.</note> 
Similarly, because in the state of perfection toward which it journeys by means 
of this purgative night the soul will attain to the possession and fruition of innumerable 
blessings, of gifts and virtues, both according to the substance of the soul and 
likewise according to its faculties, it must needs see and feel itself withdrawn 
from them all and deprived of them all and be empty and poor without them; and it 
must needs believe itself to be so far from them that it cannot persuade itself 
that it will ever reach them, but rather it must be convinced that all its good 
things are over. The words of Jeremias have a similar meaning in that passage already 
quoted, where he says: ‘I have forgotten good things.’<note n="162" id="viii.ix-p10.3"><scripRef passage="Lamentations 3:17" id="viii.ix-p10.4" parsed="|Lam|3|17|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Lam.3.17">Lamentations iii, 17</scripRef>.</note></p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.ix-p11">10. But let us now see the reason why this light of contemplation, which is so 
sweet and blessed to the soul that there is naught more desirable (for, as has been 
said above, it is the same wherewith the soul must be united and wherein it must 
find all the good things in the state of perfection that it desires), produces, 
when it assails the soul, these beginnings which are so painful and these effects 
which are so disagreeable, as we have here said.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.ix-p12">1l. This question is easy for us to answer, by explaining, as we have already 
done in part, that the cause of this is that, in contemplation and the Divine inflowing, 
there is naught that of itself can cause affliction, but that they rather cause 
great sweetness and delight, as we shall say hereafter. The cause is rather the 
weakness and imperfection from which the soul then suffers, and the dispositions 
which it has in itself and which make it unfit for the reception of them. Wherefore, 
when the said Divine light assails the soul, it must needs cause it to suffer after 
the manner aforesaid.</p>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter X. Explains this purgation fully by a comparison." progress="61.27%" prev="viii.ix" next="viii.xi" id="viii.x">
<h2 id="viii.x-p0.1">CHAPTER X </h2>
<blockquote id="viii.x-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.x-p1"><i>Explains this purgation fully by a comparison.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="viii.x-p2">FOR the greater clearness of what has been said, and of what has still to be 
said, it is well to observe at this point that this purgative and loving knowledge 
or Divine light whereof we here speak acts upon the soul which it is purging and 
preparing for perfect union with it in the same way as fire acts upon a log of wood 
in order to transform it into itself; for material fire, acting upon wood, first 
of all begins to dry it, by driving out its moisture and causing it to shed the 
water which it contains within itself. Then it begins to make it black, dark and 
unsightly, and even to give forth a bad odour, and, as it dries it little by little, 
it brings out and drives away all the dark and unsightly accidents which are contrary 
to the nature of fire. And, finally, it begins to kindle it externally and give 
it heat, and at last transforms it into itself and makes it as beautiful as fire. 
In this respect, the wood has neither passivity nor activity of its own, save for 
its weight, which is greater, and its substance, which is denser, than that of fire, 
for it has in itself the properties and activities of fire. Thus it is dry and it 
dries; it is hot and heats; it is bright and gives brightness; and it is much less 
heavy than before. All these properties and effects are caused in it by the fire.
</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.x-p3">2. In this same way we have to philosophize with respect to this Divine fire 
of contemplative love, which, before it unites and transforms the soul in itself, 
first purges it of all its contrary accidents. It drives out its unsightliness, 
and makes it black and dark, so that it seems worse than before and more unsightly 
and abominable than it was wont to be. For this Divine purgation is removing all 
the evil and vicious humours which the soul has never perceived because they have 
been so deeply rooted and grounded in it; it has never realized, in fact, that it 
has had so much evil within itself. But now that they are to be driven forth and 
annihilated, these humours reveal themselves, and become visible to the soul because 
it is so brightly illumined by this dark light of Divine contemplation (although 
it is no worse than before, either in itself or in relation to God); and, as it 
sees in itself that which it saw not before, it is clear to it that not only is 
it unfit to be seen by God, but deserves His abhorrence, and that He does indeed 
abhor it. By this comparison we can now understand many things concerning what we 
are saying and purpose to say.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.x-p4">3. First, we can understand how the very light and the loving wisdom which are 
to be united with the soul and to transform it are the same that at the beginning 
purge and prepare it: even as the very fire which transforms the log of wood into 
itself, and makes it part of itself, is that which at the first was preparing it 
for that same purpose.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.x-p5">4. Secondly, we shall be able to see how these afflictions are not felt by the 
soul as coming from the said Wisdom, since, as the Wise Man says, all good things 
together come to the soul with her.<note n="163" id="viii.x-p5.1"><scripRef passage="Wisdom 7:11" id="viii.x-p5.2" parsed="|Wis|7|11|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Wis.7.11">Wisdom vii, 11</scripRef>.</note> 
They are felt as coming from the weakness and imperfection which belong to the soul; 
without such purgation, the soul cannot receive its Divine light, sweetness and 
delight, even as the log of wood, when the fire acts upon it, cannot immediately 
be transformed until it be made ready; wherefore the soul is greatly afflicted. 
This statement is fully supported by the Preacher, where he describes all that he 
suffered in order that he might attain to union with wisdom and to the fruition 
of it, saying thus: ‘My soul hath wrestled with her and my bowels were moved in 
acquiring her; therefore it shall possess a good possession.’<note n="164" id="viii.x-p5.3"><scripRef passage="Ecclesiasticus 51:28-9" version="VUL" id="viii.x-p5.4" parsed="vul|Sir|51|28|51|9" osisRef="Bible.vul:Sir.51.28-Sir.51.9">Ecclesiasticus li, 28-9</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Ecclesiasticus 51:19-21" id="viii.x-p5.5" parsed="|Sir|51|19|51|21" osisRef="Bible:Sir.51.19-Sir.51.21">li, 19-21</scripRef>].</note></p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.x-p6">5. Thirdly, we can learn here incidentally in what manner souls are afflicted 
in purgatory. For the fire would have no power over them, even though they came 
into contact with it, if they had no imperfections for which to suffers. These are 
the material upon which the fire of purgatory seizes; when that material is consumed 
there is naught else that can burn. So here, when the imperfections are consumed, 
the affliction of the soul ceases and its fruition remains.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.x-p7">6. The fourth thing that we shall learn here is the manner wherein the soul, 
as it becomes purged and purified by means of this fire of love, becomes ever more 
enkindled in love, just as the wood grows hotter in proportion as it becomes the 
better prepared by the fire. This enkindling of love, however, is not always felt 
by the soul, but only at times when contemplation assails it less vehemently, for 
then it has occasion to see, and even to enjoy, the work which is being wrought 
in it, and which is then revealed to it. For it seems that the worker takes his 
hand from the work, and draws the iron out of the furnace, in order that something 
of the work which is being done may be seen; and then there is occasion for the 
soul to observe in itself the good which it saw not while the work was going on. 
In the same way, when the flame ceases to attack the wood, it is possible to see 
how much of it has been enkindled.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.x-p8">7. Fifthly, we shall also learn from this comparison what has been said above—namely, 
how true it is that after each of these periods of relief the soul suffers once 
again, more intensely and keenly than before. For, after that revelation just referred 
to has been made, and after the more outward imperfections of the soul have been 
purified, the fire of love once again attacks that which has yet to be consumed 
and purified more inwardly. The suffering of the soul now becomes more intimate, 
subtle and spiritual, in proportion as the fire refines away the finer,<note n="165" id="viii.x-p8.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘more delicate.’]</note> 
more intimate and more spiritual imperfections, and those which are most deeply 
rooted in its inmost parts. And it is here just as with the wood, upon which the 
fire, when it begins to penetrate it more deeply, acts with more force and vehemence<note n="166" id="viii.x-p8.2">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘fury.’]</note> 
in preparing its most inward part to possess it.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.x-p9">8. Sixthly, we shall likewise learn here the reason why it seems to the soul 
that all its good is over, and that it is full of evil, since naught comes to it 
at this time but bitterness; it is like the burning wood, which is touched by no 
air nor by aught else than by consuming fire. But, when there occur other periods 
of relief like the first, the rejoicing of the soul will be more interior because 
the purification has been more interior also.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.x-p10">9. Seventhly, we shall learn that, although the soul has the most ample joy at 
these periods (so much so that, as we said, it sometimes thinks that its trials 
can never return again, although it is certain that they will return quickly), it 
cannot fail to realize, if it is aware (and at times it is made aware) of a root 
of imperfection which remains, that its joy is incomplete, because a new assault 
seems to be threatening it;<note n="167" id="viii.x-p10.1">[The sudden change of metaphor is the author’s. The 
‘assault’ is, of course, the renewed growth of the ‘root.’]</note> 
when this is so, the trial returns quickly. Finally, that which still remains to 
be purged and enlightened most inwardly cannot well be concealed from the soul in 
view of its experience of its former purification;<note n="168" id="viii.x-p10.2">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘. . . from the soul, with regard to that 
which has already been purified.’]</note> 
even as also in the wood it is the most inward part that remains longest unkindled,<note n="169" id="viii.x-p10.3">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘not enlightened’: the word is the same 
as that used just above.]</note> 
and the difference between it and that which has already been purged is clearly 
perceptible; and, when this purification once more assails it most inwardly, it 
is no wonder if it seems to the soul once more that all its good is gone, and that 
it never expects to experience it again, for, now that it has been plunged into 
these most inward sufferings, all good coming from without is over.<note n="170" id="viii.x-p10.4">[The word translated ‘over’ is rendered ‘gone’ just above.]</note></p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.x-p11">10. Keeping this comparison, then, before our eyes, together with what has already 
been said upon the first line of the first stanza concerning this dark night and 
its terrible properties, it will be well to leave these sad experiences of the soul 
and to begin to speak of the fruit of its tears and their blessed properties, whereof 
the soul begins to sing from this second line:</p>

<blockquote id="viii.x-p11.1">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.x-p12"><i>Kindled in love</i><note n="171" id="viii.x-p12.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘in loves’; and so throughout the exposition 
of this line.]</note><i> with yearnings,</i></p></blockquote>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter XI. Begins to explain the second line of the first stanza. Describes how, as  the fruit of these rigorous constraints, the soul finds itself with the vehement  passion of Divine love." progress="63.88%" prev="viii.x" next="viii.xii" id="viii.xi">
<h2 id="viii.xi-p0.1">CHAPTER XI</h2>
<blockquote id="viii.xi-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.xi-p1"><i>Begins to explain the second line of the first stanza. <br />Describes how, as 
the fruit of these rigorous constraints, the soul finds itself with the vehement 
passion of Divine love.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="viii.xi-p2">IN this line the soul describes the fire of love which, as we have said, like 
the material fire acting upon the wood, begins to take hold upon the soul in this 
night of painful contemplation. This enkindling now described, although in a certain 
way it resembles that which we described above as coming to pass in the sensual 
part of the soul, is in some ways as different from that other as is the soul from 
the body, or the spiritual part from the sensual. For this present kind is an enkindling 
of spiritual love in the soul, which, in the midst of these dark confines, feels 
itself to be keenly and sharply wounded in strong Divine love, and to have a certain 
realization and foretaste of God, although it understands nothing definitely, for, 
as we say, the understanding is in darkness.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xi-p3">2. The spirit feels itself here to be deeply and passionately in love, for this 
spiritual enkindling produces the passion of love. And, inasmuch as this love is 
infused, it is passive rather than active, and thus it begets in the soul a strong 
passion of love. This love has in it something of union with God, and thus to some 
degree partakes of its properties, which are actions of God rather than of the soul, 
these being subdued within it passively. What the soul does here is to give its 
consent; the warmth and strength and temper and passion of love—or enkindling, 
as the soul here calls it—belong<note n="172" id="viii.xi-p3.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘cling,’ ‘adhere.’]</note> 
only to the love of God, which enters increasingly into union with it. This love 
finds in the soul more occasion and preparation to unite itself with it and to wound 
it, according as all the soul’s desires are the more recollected,<note n="173" id="viii.xi-p3.2">[<i>Lit.</i>, ’shut up.’]</note> 
and are the more withdrawn from and disabled for the enjoyment of aught either in 
Heaven or in earth.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xi-p4">3. This takes place to a great extent, as has already been said, in this dark 
purgation, for God has so weaned all the inclinations and caused them to be so recollected<note n="174" id="viii.xi-p4.1">[Here, and below, the original has <i>recogidos</i>, 
the word normally translated ‘recollected’]</note> 
that they cannot find pleasure in anything they may wish. All this is done by God 
to the end that, when He withdraws them and recollects them in Himself, the soul 
may have more strength and fitness to receive this strong union of love of God, 
which He is now beginning to give it through this purgative way, wherein the soul 
must love with great strength and with all its desires and powers both of spirit 
and of sense; which could not be if they were dispersed in the enjoyment of aught 
else. For this reason David said to God, to the end that he might receive the strength 
of the love of this union with God: ‘I will keep my strength for Thee;’<note n="175" id="viii.xi-p4.2"><scripRef passage="Psalm 58:10" version="VUL" id="viii.xi-p4.3" parsed="vul|Ps|58|10|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.58.10">Psalm lviii, 10</scripRef> [A V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 59:9" id="viii.xi-p4.4" parsed="|Ps|59|9|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.59.9">lix, 9</scripRef>].</note> 
that is, I will keep the entire capacity and all the desires and energies of my 
faculties, nor will I employ their operation or pleasure in aught else than Thyself.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xi-p5">4. In this way it can be realized in some measure how great and how strong may 
be this enkindling of love in the spirit, wherein God keeps in recollection all 
the energies, faculties and desires of the soul, both of spirit and of sense, so 
that all this harmony may employ its energies and virtues in this love, and may 
thus attain to a true fulfilment of the first commandment, which sets aside nothing 
pertaining to man nor excludes from this love anything that is his, but says: ‘Thou 
shalt love thy God with all thy heart and with all thy mind, with all thy soul and 
with all thy strength.’<note n="176" id="viii.xi-p5.1"><scripRef passage="Deuteronomy 6:5" id="viii.xi-p5.2" parsed="|Deut|6|5|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Deut.6.5">Deuteronomy vi, 5</scripRef>.</note></p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xi-p6">5. When all the desires and energies of the soul, then, have been recollected 
in this enkindling of love, and when the soul itself has been touched and wounded 
in them all, and has been inspired with passion, what shall we understand the movements 
and digressions of all these energies and desires to be, if they find themselves 
enkindled and wounded with strong love and without the possession and satisfaction 
thereof, in darkness and doubt? They will doubtless be suffering hunger, like the 
dogs of which David speaks as running about the city<note n="177" id="viii.xi-p6.1"><scripRef passage="Psalm 58:15-16" version="VUL" id="viii.xi-p6.2" parsed="vul|Ps|58|15|58|16" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.58.15-Ps.58.16">Psalm lviii, 15-16</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 59:14-15" id="viii.xi-p6.3" parsed="|Ps|59|14|59|15" osisRef="Bible:Ps.59.14-Ps.59.15">lix, 14-15</scripRef>].</note>; 
finding no satisfaction in this love, they keep howling and groaning. For the touch 
of this love and Divine fire dries up the spirit and enkindles its desires, in order 
to satisfy its thirst for this Divine love, so much so that it turns upon itself 
a thousand times and desires God in a thousand ways and manners, with the eagerness 
and desire of the appetite. This is very well explained by David in a psalm, where 
he says: ‘My soul thirsted for Thee: in how many manners does my soul long for Thee!’<note n="178" id="viii.xi-p6.4"><scripRef passage="Psalm 62:2" id="viii.xi-p6.5" parsed="|Ps|62|2|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.62.2">Psalm lxii, 2</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 63:1" id="viii.xi-p6.6" parsed="|Ps|63|1|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.63.1">lxiii, 1</scripRef>].</note>—that 
is, in desires. And another version reads: ‘My soul thirsted for Thee, my soul is 
lost (or perishes) for Thee.’</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xi-p7">6. It is for this reason that the soul says in this line that it was ‘kindled 
in love with yearnings.’<note n="179" id="viii.xi-p7.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, as in the verses, ‘in loves.’]</note> 
For in all the things and thoughts that it revolves within itself, and in all the 
affairs and matters that present themselves to it, it loves in many ways, and also 
desires and suffers in the desire in many ways, at all times and in all places, 
finding rest in naught, and feeling this yearning in its enkindled wound, even as 
the prophet Job declares, saying: ‘As the hart<note n="180" id="viii.xi-p7.2">[For <i><span lang="ES" id="viii.xi-p7.3">cievro</span></i>, hart, read <i><span lang="ES" id="viii.xi-p7.4">siervo</span></i>, servant, 
and we have the correct quotation from Scripture. The change, however, was evidently 
made by the Saint knowingly. In P. Gerardo’s edition, the Latin text, with <i><span lang="LA" id="viii.xi-p7.5">cervus</span></i>, 
precedes the Spanish translation, with <i><span lang="ES" id="viii.xi-p7.6">ciervo</span></i>.]</note> 
desireth the shadow, and as the hireling desireth the end of his work, so I also 
had vain months and numbered to myself wearisome and laborious nights. If I lie 
down to sleep, I shall say: “When shall I arise?” And then I shall await the evening 
and shall be full of sorrows even until the darkness of night.’<note n="181" id="viii.xi-p7.7"><scripRef passage="Job 7:2-4" id="viii.xi-p7.8" parsed="|Job|7|2|7|4" osisRef="Bible:Job.7.2-Job.7.4">Job vii, 2-4</scripRef>.</note> 
Everything becomes cramping to this soul: it cannot live<note n="182" id="viii.xi-p7.9">[<i><span lang="ES" id="viii.xi-p7.10">No cabe</span>: Lit.</i>, ‘it cannot be contained,’ ‘there 
is no room for it.’]</note> 
within itself; it cannot live either in Heaven or on earth; and it is filled with 
griefs until the darkness comes to which Job here refers, speaking spiritually and 
in the sense of our interpretation. What the soul here endures is afflictions and 
suffering without the consolation of a certain hope of any light and spiritual good. 
Wherefore the yearning and the grief of this soul in this enkindling of love are 
greater because it is multiplied in two ways: first, by the spiritual darkness wherein 
it finds itself, which afflicts it with its doubts and misgivings; and then by the 
love of God, which enkindles and stimulates it, and, with its loving wound, causes 
it a wondrous fear. These two kinds of suffering at such a season are well described 
by Isaias, where he says: ‘My soul desired Thee in the night’<note n="183" id="viii.xi-p7.11"><scripRef passage="Isaiah 26:9" id="viii.xi-p7.12" parsed="|Isa|26|9|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Isa.26.9">Isaias xxvi, 9</scripRef>.</note>—that 
is, in misery.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xi-p8">7. This is one kind of suffering which proceeds from this dark night; but, he 
goes on to say, with my spirit, in my bowels, until the morning, I will watch for 
Thee. And this is the second way of grieving in desire and yearning which comes 
from love in the bowels of the spirit, which are the spiritual affections. But in 
the midst of these dark and loving afflictions the soul feels within itself a certain 
companionship and strength, which bears it company and so greatly strengthens it 
that, if this burden of grievous darkness be taken away, it often feels itself to 
be alone, empty and weak. The cause of this is that, as the strength and efficacy 
of the soul were derived and communicated passively from the dark fire of love which 
assailed it, it follows that, when that fire ceases to assail it, the darkness and 
power and heat of love cease in the soul.</p>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter XII. Shows how this horrible night is purgatory, and how in it the Divine wisdom  illumines men on earth with the same illumination that purges and illumines  the angels in Heaven." progress="66.32%" prev="viii.xi" next="viii.xiii" id="viii.xii">
<h2 id="viii.xii-p0.1">CHAPTER XII </h2>
<blockquote id="viii.xii-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.xii-p1"><i>Shows how this horrible night is purgatory, and how in it the Divine wisdom 
illumines men on earth with the same illumination that purges and illumines 
the angels in Heaven.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="viii.xii-p2">FROM what has been said we shall be able to see how this dark night of loving 
fire, as it purges in the darkness, so also in the darkness enkindles the soul. 
We shall likewise be able to see that, even as spirits are purged in the next life 
with dark material fire, so in this life they are purged and cleansed with the dark 
spiritual fire of love. The difference is that in the next life they are cleansed 
with fire, while here below they are cleansed and illumined with love only. It was 
this love that David entreated, when he said: <i><span lang="LA" id="viii.xii-p2.1">Cor mundum crea in me, Deus</span></i>, 
etc.<note n="184" id="viii.xii-p2.2"><scripRef passage="Psalm 50:12" version="VUL" id="viii.xii-p2.3" parsed="vul|Ps|50|12|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.50.12">Psalm l, 12</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 51:10" id="viii.xii-p2.4" parsed="|Ps|51|10|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.51.10">li, 10</scripRef>].</note> 
For cleanness of heart is nothing less than the love and grace of God. For the clean 
of heart are called by our Saviour ‘blessed’; which is as if He had called them 
‘enkindled with love’,<note n="185" id="viii.xii-p2.5">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘enamoured.’]</note> 
since blessedness is given by nothing less than love.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xii-p3">2. And Jeremias well shows how the soul is purged when it is illumined with this 
fire of loving wisdom (for God never grants mystical wisdom without love, since 
love itself infuses it), where he says: ‘He hath sent fire into my bones, and hath 
taught me.’<note n="186" id="viii.xii-p3.1"><scripRef passage="Lamentations 1:13" id="viii.xii-p3.2" parsed="|Lam|1|13|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Lam.1.13">Lamentations i, 13</scripRef>.</note> 
And David says that the wisdom of God is silver tried in fire<note n="187" id="viii.xii-p3.3"><scripRef passage="Psalm 11:7" version="VUL" id="viii.xii-p3.4" parsed="vul|Ps|11|7|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.11.7">Psalm xi, 7</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 12:6" id="viii.xii-p3.5" parsed="|Ps|12|6|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.12.6">xii, 6</scripRef>].</note>—that 
is, in purgative fire of love. For this dark contemplation infuses into the soul 
love and wisdom jointly, to each one according to his capacity and need, enlightening 
the soul and purging it, in the words of the Wise Man, from its ignorances, as he 
said was done to himself.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xii-p4">3. From this we shall also infer that the very wisdom of God which purges these 
souls and illumines them purges the angels from their ignorances, giving them knowledge, 
enlightening them as to that which they knew not, and flowing down from God through 
the first hierarchies even to the last, and thence to men.<note n="188" id="viii.xii-p4.1">The Schoolmen frequently assert that the lower angels 
are purged and illumined by the higher. Cf. St. Thomas, <i>Summa</i>, I, q. 106, a. 1, ad. 1.</note> 
All the works, therefore, which are done by the angels, and all their inspirations, 
are said in the Scriptures, with truth and propriety, to be the work of God and 
of themselves; for ordinarily these inspirations come through the angels, and they 
receive them likewise one from another without any delay—as quickly as a ray of 
sunshine is communicated through many windows arranged in order. For although it 
is true that the sun’s ray itself passes through them all, still each one passes 
it on and infuses it into the next, in a modified form, according to the nature 
of the glass, and with rather more or rather less power and brightness, according 
as it is nearer to the sun or farther from it.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xii-p5">4. Hence it follows that, the nearer to God are the higher spirits and the lower, 
the more completely are they purged and enlightened with more general purification; 
and that the lowest of them will receive this illumination very much less powerfully 
and more remotely. Hence it follows that man, who is the lowest of all those to 
whom this loving contemplation flows down continually from God, will, when God desires 
to give it him, receive it perforce after his own manner in a very limited way and 
with great pain. For, when the light of God illumines an angel, it enlightens him 
and enkindles<note n="189" id="viii.xii-p5.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘and softens.’]</note> 
him in love, since, being pure spirit, he is prepared for that infusion. But, when 
it illumines man, who is impure and weak, it illumines him, as has been said above, 
according to his nature. It plunges him into darkness and causes him affliction 
and distress, as does the sun to the eye that is weak;<note n="190" id="viii.xii-p5.2">[More literally, ‘is sick.’]</note> 
it enkindles him with passionate yet afflictive love, until he be spiritualized 
and refined by this same fire of love; and it purifies him until he can receive 
with sweetness the union of this loving infusion after the manner of the angels, 
being now purged, as by the help of the Lord we shall explain later. But meanwhile 
he receives this contemplation and loving knowledge in the constraint and yearning 
of love of which we are here speaking.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xii-p6">5. This enkindling and yearning of love are not always perceived by the soul. 
For in the beginning, when this spiritual purgation commences, all this Divine fire 
is used in drying up and making ready the wood (which is the soul) rather than in 
giving it heat. But, as time goes on, the fire begins to give heat to the soul, 
and the soul then very commonly feels this enkindling and heat of love. Further, 
as the understanding is being more and more purged by means of this darkness, it 
sometimes comes to pass that this mystical and loving theology, as well as enkindling 
the will, strikes and illumines the other faculty also—that of the understanding—with 
a certain Divine light and knowledge, so delectably and delicately that it aids 
the will to conceive a marvellous fervour, and, without any action of its own, there 
burns in it this Divine fire of love, in living flames, so that it now appears to 
the soul a living fire by reason of the living understanding which is given to it. 
It is of this that David speaks in a Psalm, saying: ‘My heart grew hot within me, 
and, as I meditated, a certain fire was enkindled.’<note n="191" id="viii.xii-p6.1"><scripRef passage="Psalm 38:4" version="VUL" id="viii.xii-p6.2" parsed="vul|Ps|38|4|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.38.4">Psalm xxxviii, 4</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 39:3" id="viii.xii-p6.3" parsed="|Ps|39|3|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.39.3">xxxix, 3</scripRef>].</note></p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xii-p7">6. This enkindling of love, which accompanies the union of these two faculties, 
the understanding and the will, which are here united, is for the soul a thing of 
great richness and delight; for it is a certain touch of the Divinity and is already 
the beginning<note n="192" id="viii.xii-p7.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘the beginnings.’]</note> 
of the perfection of the union of love for which it hopes. Now the soul attains 
not to this touch of so sublime a sense and love of God, save when it has passed 
through many trials and a great part of its purgation. But for other touches which 
are much lower than these, and which are of ordinary occurrence, so much purgation 
is not needful.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xii-p8">7. From what we have said it may here be inferred how in these spiritual blessings, 
which are passively infused by God into the soul, the will may very well love even 
though the understanding understand not; and similarly the understanding may understand 
and the will love not. For, since this dark night of contemplation consists of Divine 
light and love, just as fire contains light and heat, it is not unbefitting that, 
when this loving light is communicated, it should strike the will at times more 
effectively by enkindling it with love and leaving the understanding in darkness 
instead of striking it with light; and, at other times, by enlightening it with 
light, and giving it understanding, but leaving the will in aridity (as it is also 
true that the heat of the fire can be received without the light being seen, and 
also the light of it can be seen without the reception of heat); and this is wrought 
by the Lord, Who infuses as He wills.<note n="193" id="viii.xii-p8.1">The Saint here treats a question often debated by philosophers 
and mystics—that of love and knowledge. Cf. also <i>Spiritual Canticle</i>, Stanza 
XVII, and <i>Living Flame</i>, Stanza III. Philosophers generally maintain that 
it is impossible to love without knowledge, and equally so to love more of an object 
than what is known of it. Mystics have, however, their own solutions of the philosophers’ 
difficulty and the speculative Spanish mystics have much to say on the matter. (Cf., 
for example, the Médula Mistica, Trat. V, Chap. iv, and the Escuela de Oración, 
Trat. XII, Duda v.)</note></p>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter XIII. Of other delectable effects which are wrought in the soul by this dark night  of contemplation." progress="68.66%" prev="viii.xii" next="viii.xiv" id="viii.xiii">
<h2 id="viii.xiii-p0.1">CHAPTER XIII</h2>
<blockquote id="viii.xiii-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.xiii-p1"><i>Of other delectable effects which are wrought in the soul by this dark night 
of contemplation.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="viii.xiii-p2">THIS type of enkindling will explain to us certain of the delectable effects 
which this dark night of contemplation works in the soul. For at certain times, 
as we have just said, the soul becomes enlightened in the midst of all this darkness, 
and the light shines in the darkness;<note n="194" id="viii.xiii-p2.1"><scripRef passage="John 1:5" id="viii.xiii-p2.2" parsed="|John|1|5|0|0" osisRef="Bible:John.1.5">St. John i, 5</scripRef>.</note> 
this mystical intelligence flows down into the understanding and the will remains 
in dryness—I mean, without actual union of love, with a serenity and simplicity 
which are so delicate and delectable to the sense of the soul that no name can be 
given to them. Thus the presence of God is felt, now after one manner, now after 
another.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xiii-p3">2. Sometimes, too, as has been said, it wounds the will at the same time, and 
enkindles love sublimely, tenderly and strongly; for we have already said that at 
certain times these two faculties, the understanding and the will, are united, when, 
the more they see, the more perfect and delicate is the purgation of the understanding. 
But, before this state is reached, it is more usual for the touch of the enkindling 
of love to be felt in the will than for the touch of intelligence to be felt in 
the understanding.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xiii-p4">3. But one question arises here, which is this: Why, since these two faculties 
are being purged together, are the enkindling and the love of purgative contemplation 
at first more commonly felt in the will than the intelligence thereof is felt in 
the understanding? To this it may be answered that this passive love does not now 
directly strike the will, for the will is free, and this enkindling of love is a 
passion of love rather than the free act of the will; for this heat of love strikes 
the substance of the soul and thus moves the affections passively. And so this is 
called passion of love rather than a free act of the will, an act of the will being 
so called only in so far as it is free. But these passions and affections subdue 
the will, and therefore it is said that, if the soul conceives passion with a certain 
affection, the will conceives passion; and this is indeed so, for in this manner 
the will is taken captive and loses its liberty, according as the impetus and power 
of its passion carry it away. And therefore we can say that this enkindling of love 
is in the will—that is, it enkindles the desire of the will; and thus, as we say, 
this is called passion of love rather than the free work of the will. And, because 
the receptive passion of the understanding can receive intelligence only in a detached 
and passive way (and this is impossible without its having been purged), therefore 
until this happens the soul feels the touch of intelligence less frequently than 
that of the passion of love. For it is not necessary to this end that the will should 
be so completely purged with respect to the passions, since these very passions 
help it to feel impassioned love.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xiii-p5">4. This enkindling and thirst of love, which in this case belongs to the spirit, 
is very different from that other which we described in writing of the night of 
sense. For, though the sense has also its part here, since it fails not to participate 
in the labour of the spirit, yet the source and the keenness of the thirst of love 
is felt in the superior part of the soul—that is, in the spirit. It feels, and 
understands what it feels and its lack of what it desires, in such a way that all 
its affliction of sense, although greater without comparison than in the first night 
of sense, is as naught to it, because it recognizes within itself the lack of a 
great good which can in no way be measured.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xiii-p6">5. But here we must note that although, at the beginning, when this spiritual 
night commences, this enkindling of love is not felt, because this fire of love 
has not begun to take a hold, God gives the soul, in place of it, an estimative 
love of Himself so great that, as we have said, the greatest sufferings and trials 
of which it is conscious in this night are the anguished thoughts that it<note n="195" id="viii.xiii-p6.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘the yearning to think of it.’]</note> 
has lost God and the fears that He has abandoned it. And thus we may always say 
that from the very beginning of this night the soul is touched with yearnings of 
love, which is now that of estimation,<note n="196" id="viii.xiii-p6.2">[The word translated ‘estimation’ might also be rendered 
’ reverent love.’ The ‘love of estimation,’ which has its seat in the understanding, 
is contrasted with the ‘enkindling’ or the ‘love of desire,’ which has its seat 
in the will. So elsewhere in this paragraph.]</note> 
and now again, that of enkindling. And it is evident that the greatest suffering 
which it feels in these trials is this misgiving; for, if it could be certified 
at that time that all is not lost and over, but that what is happening to it is 
for the best—as it is—and that God is not wroth, it would care naught for all 
these afflictions, but would rejoice to know that God is making use of them for 
His good pleasure. For the love of estimation which it has for God is so great, 
even though it may not realize this and may be in darkness, that it would be glad, 
not only to suffer in this way, but even to die many times over in order to give 
Him satisfaction. But when once the flame has enkindled the soul, it is wont to 
conceive, together with the estimation that it already has for God, such power and 
energy, and such yearning for Him, when He communicates to it the heat of love, 
that, with great boldness, it disregards everything and ceases to pay respect to 
anything, such are the power and the inebriation of love and desire. It regards 
not what it does, for it would do strange and unusual things in whatever way and 
manner may present themselves, if thereby its soul might find Him Whom it loves.
</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xiii-p7">6. It was for this reason that Mary Magdalene, though as greatly concerned for 
her own appearance as she was aforetime, took no heed of the multitude of men who 
were at the feast, whether they were of little or of great importance; neither did 
she consider that it was not seemly, and that it looked ill, to go and weep and 
shed tears among the guests provided that, without delaying an hour or waiting for 
another time and season, she could reach Him for love of Whom her soul was already 
wounded and enkindled. And such is the inebriating power and the boldness of love, 
that, though she knew her Beloved to be enclosed in the sepulchre by the great sealed 
stone, and surrounded by soldiers who were guarding Him lest His disciples should 
steal Him away,<note n="197" id="viii.xiii-p7.1"><scripRef passage="John 20:1" id="viii.xiii-p7.2" parsed="|John|20|1|0|0" osisRef="Bible:John.20.1">St. John xx, 1</scripRef> [<scripRef passage="Matthew 27:62-66" id="viii.xiii-p7.3" parsed="|Matt|27|62|27|66" osisRef="Bible:Matt.27.62-Matt.27.66">St. Matthew xxvii, 62-6</scripRef>].</note> 
she allowed none of these things to impede her, but went before daybreak with the 
ointments to anoint Him.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xiii-p8">7. And finally, this inebriating power and yearning of love caused her to ask 
one whom she believed to be a gardener and to have stolen Him away from the sepulchre, 
to tell her, if he had taken Him, where he had laid Him, that she might take Him 
away;<note n="198" id="viii.xiii-p8.1"><scripRef passage="John 20:15" id="viii.xiii-p8.2" parsed="|John|20|15|0|0" osisRef="Bible:John.20.15">St. John xx, 15</scripRef>.</note> 
considering not that such a question, according to independent judgment and reason, 
was foolish; for it was evident that, if the other had stolen Him, he would not 
say so, still less would he allow Him to be taken away. It is a characteristic of 
the power and vehemence of love that all things seem possible to it, and it believes 
all men to be of the same mind as itself. For it thinks that there is naught wherein 
one may be employed, or which one may seek, save that which it seeks itself and 
that which it loves; and it believes that there is naught else to be desired, and 
naught wherein it may be employed, save that one thing, which is pursued by all. 
For this reason, when the Bride went out to seek her Beloved, through streets and 
squares,<note n="199" id="viii.xiii-p8.3">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘outskirts,’ ’suburbs.’]</note> 
thinking that all others were doing the same, she begged them that, if they found 
Him, they would speak to Him and say that she was pining for love of Him.<note n="200" id="viii.xiii-p8.4"><scripRef passage="Canticles 5:8" id="viii.xiii-p8.5" parsed="|Song|5|8|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Song.5.8">Canticles v, 8</scripRef>.</note> 
Such was the power of the love of this Mary that she thought that, if the gardener 
would tell her where he had hidden Him, she would go and take Him away, however 
difficult it might be made for her.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xiii-p9">8. Of this manner, then, are the yearnings of love whereof this soul becomes 
conscious when it has made some progress in this spiritual purgation. For it rises 
up by night (that is, in this purgative darkness) according to the affections of 
the will. And with the yearnings and vehemence of the lioness or the she-bear going 
to seek her cubs when they have been taken away from her and she finds them not, 
does this wounded soul go forth to seek its God. For, being in darkness, it feels 
itself to be without Him and to be dying of love for Him. And this is that impatient 
love wherein the soul cannot long subsist without gaining its desire or dying. Such 
was Rachel’s desire for children when she said to Jacob: ‘Give me children, else 
shall I die.’<note n="201" id="viii.xiii-p9.1"><scripRef passage="Genesis 30:1" id="viii.xiii-p9.2" parsed="|Gen|30|1|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Gen.30.1">Genesis xxx, 1</scripRef>.</note></p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xiii-p10">9. But we have now to see how it is that the soul which feels itself so miserable 
and so unworthy of God, here in this purgative darkness, has nevertheless strength, 
and is sufficiently bold and daring, to journey towards union with God. The reason 
is that, as love continually gives it strength wherewith it may love indeed, and 
as the property of love is to desire to be united, joined and made equal and like 
to the object of its love, that it may perfect itself in love’s good things, hence 
it comes to pass that, when this soul is not perfected in love, through not having 
as yet attained to union, the hunger and thirst that it has for that which it lacks 
(which is union) and the strength set by love in the will which has caused it to 
become impassioned, make it bold and daring by reason of the enkindling of its will, 
although in its understanding, which is still dark and unenlightened, it feels itself 
to be unworthy and knows itself to be miserable.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xiii-p11">10. I will not here omit to mention the reason why this Divine light, which is 
always light to the soul, illumines it not as soon as it strikes it, as it does 
afterwards, but causes it the darkness and the trials of which we have spoken. Something 
has already been said concerning this, but the question must now be answered directly. 
The darkness and the other evils of which the soul is conscious when this Divine 
light strikes it are not darkness or evils caused by this light, but pertain to 
the soul itself, and the light illumines it so that it may see them. Wherefore it 
does indeed receive light from this Divine light; but the soul cannot see at first, 
by its aid, anything beyond what is nearest to it, or rather, beyond what is within 
it—namely, its darknesses or its miseries, which it now sees through the mercy 
of God, and saw not aforetime, because this supernatural light illumined it not. 
And this is the reason why at first it is conscious of nothing beyond darkness and 
evil; after it has been purged, however, by means of the knowledge and realization 
of these, it will have eyes to see, by the guidance of this light, the blessings 
of the Divine light; and, once all these darknesses and imperfections have been 
driven out from the soul, it seems that the benefits and the great blessings which 
the soul is gaining in this blessed night of contemplation become clearer.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xiii-p12">11. From what has been said, it is clear that God grants the soul in this state 
the favour of purging it and healing it with this strong lye of bitter purgation, 
according to its spiritual and its sensual part, of all the imperfect habits and 
affections which it had within itself with respect to temporal things and to natural, 
sensual and spiritual things, its inward faculties being darkened, and voided of 
all these, its spiritual and sensual affections being constrained and dried up, 
and its natural energies being attenuated and weakened with respect to all this 
(a condition which it could never attain of itself, as we shall shortly say). In 
this way God makes it to die to all that is not naturally God, so that, once it 
is stripped and denuded of its former skin, He may begin to clothe it anew. And 
thus its youth is renewed like the eagle’s and it is clothed with the new man, which, 
as the Apostle says, is created according to God.<note n="202" id="viii.xiii-p12.1"><scripRef passage="Ephesians 4:4" id="viii.xiii-p12.2" parsed="|Eph|4|4|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Eph.4.4">Ephesians iv, 4</scripRef>.</note> 
This is naught else but His illumination of the understanding with supernatural 
light, so that it is no more a human understanding but becomes Divine through union 
with the Divine. In the same way the will is informed with Divine love, so that 
it is a will that is now no less than Divine, nor does it love otherwise than divinely, 
for it is made and united in one with the Divine will and love. So, too, is it with 
the memory; and likewise the affections and desires are all changed and converted 
divinely, according to God. And thus this soul will now be a soul of heaven, heavenly, 
and more Divine than human. All this, as we have been saying, and because of what 
we have said, God continues to do and to work in the soul by means of this night, 
illumining and enkindling it divinely with yearnings for God alone and for naught 
else whatsoever. For which cause the soul then very justly and reasonably adds the 
third line to the song, which says:</p>

<blockquote id="viii.xiii-p12.3">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.xiii-p13"><i>. . . oh, happy chance!— I went forth without being observed.</i></p></blockquote>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter XIV. Wherein are set down and explained the last three lines of the first stanza." progress="72.74%" prev="viii.xiii" next="viii.xv" id="viii.xiv">
<h2 id="viii.xiv-p0.1">CHAPTER XIV</h2>
<blockquote id="viii.xiv-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.xiv-p1"><i>Wherein are set down and explained the last three lines of the first stanza.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="viii.xiv-p2">THIS happy chance was the reason for which the soul speaks, in the next lines, 
as follows:</p>

<blockquote id="viii.xiv-p2.1">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.xiv-p3"><i>I went forth without being observed, My house being now at rest.</i></p>

</blockquote><p class="normal" id="viii.xiv-p4">It takes the metaphor from one who, in order the better to accomplish something, 
leaves his house by night and in the dark, when those that are in the house are 
now at rest, so that none may hinder him. For this soul had to go forth to perform 
a deed so heroic and so rare—namely to become united with its Divine Beloved—and 
it had to leave its house, because the Beloved is not found save alone and without, 
in solitude. It was for this reason that the Bride desired to find Him alone, saying: 
’ Who would give Thee to me, my brother, that I might find Thee alone, without, and 
that my love might be communicated to Thee.’<note n="203" id="viii.xiv-p4.1"><scripRef passage="Canticles 8:1" id="viii.xiv-p4.2" parsed="|Song|8|1|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Song.8.1">Canticles viii, 1</scripRef>.</note> 
It is needful for the enamoured soul, in order to attain to its desired end, to 
do likewise, going forth at night, when all the domestics in its house are sleeping 
and at rest—that is, when the low operations, passions and desires of the soul 
(who are the people of the household) are, because it is night, sleeping and at 
rest. When these are awake, they invariably hinder the soul from seeking its good, 
since they are opposed to its going forth in freedom. These are they of whom Our 
Saviour speaks in the Gospel, saying that they are the enemies of man.<note n="204" id="viii.xiv-p4.3"><scripRef passage="Matthew 10:36" id="viii.xiv-p4.4" parsed="|Matt|10|36|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Matt.10.36">St. Matthew x, 36</scripRef>.</note> 
And thus it would be meet that their operations and motions should be put to sleep 
in this night, to the end that they may not hinder the soul from attaining the supernatural 
blessings of the union of love of God, for, while these are alive and active, this 
cannot be. For all their work and their natural motions hinder, rather than aid, 
the soul’s reception of the spiritual blessings of the union of love, inasmuch as 
all natural ability is impotent with respect to the supernatural blessings that 
God, by means of His own infusion, bestows upon the soul passively, secretly and 
in silence. And thus it is needful that all the faculties should receive this infusion, 
and that, in order to receive it, they should remain passive, and not interpose 
their own base acts and vile inclinations.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xiv-p5">2. It was a happy chance for this soul that on this night God should put to sleep 
all the domestics in its house—that is, all the faculties, passions, affections 
and desires which live in the soul, both sensually and spiritually. For thus it 
went forth ‘without being observed’—that is, without being hindered by these affections, 
etc., for they were put to sleep and mortified in this night, in the darkness of 
which they were left, that they might not notice or feel anything after their own 
low and natural manner, and might thus be unable to hinder the soul from going forth 
from itself and from the house of its sensuality. And thus only could the soul attain 
to the spiritual union of perfect love of God.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xiv-p6">3. Oh, how happy a chance is this for the soul which can free itself from the 
house of its sensuality! None can understand it, unless, as it seems to me, it be 
the soul that has experienced it. For such a soul will see clearly how wretched 
was the servitude in which it lay and to how many miseries it was subject when it 
was at the mercy of its faculties and desires, and will know how the life of the 
spirit is true liberty and wealth, bringing with it inestimable blessings. Some 
of these we shall point out, as we proceed, in the following stanzas, wherein it 
will be seen more clearly what good reason the soul has to sing of the happy chance 
of its passage from this dreadful night which has been described above.</p>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter XV. Sets down the second stanza and its exposition." progress="73.89%" prev="viii.xiv" next="viii.xvi" id="viii.xv">
<h2 id="viii.xv-p0.1">CHAPTER XV </h2>
<blockquote id="viii.xv-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.xv-p1"><i>Sets down the second stanza and its exposition.</i></p></blockquote>

<blockquote id="viii.xv-p1.1">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.xv-p2"><i>In darkness and secure, By the secret ladder, disguised—oh, happy chance!</i><br />
<i>In darkness and concealment, My house being now at rest.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="viii.xv-p3">IN this stanza the soul still continues to sing of certain properties of the 
darkness of this night, reiterating how great is the happiness which came to it 
through them. It speaks of them in replying to a certain tacit objection, saying 
that it is not to be supposed that, because in this night and darkness it has passed 
through so many tempests of afflictions, doubts, fears and horrors, as has been 
said, it has for that reason run any risk of being lost. On the contrary, it says, 
in the darkness of this night it has gained itself. For in the night it has freed 
itself and escaped subtly from its enemies, who were continually hindering its progress. 
For in the darkness of the night it changed its garments and disguised itself with 
three liveries and colours which we shall describe hereafter; and went forth by 
a very secret ladder, which none in the house knew, the which ladder, as we shall 
observe likewise in the proper place, is living faith. By this ladder the soul went 
forth in such complete hiding and concealment, in order the better to execute its 
purpose, that it could not fail to be in great security; above all since in this 
purgative night the desires, affections and passions of the soul are put to sleep, 
mortified and quenched, which are they that, when they were awake and alive, consented 
not to this.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xv-p4">The first line, then, runs thus:<note n="205" id="viii.xv-p4.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘The line, then, continues, and says thus.’ 
In fact, however, the author is returning to the first line of the stanza.]</note></p>

<blockquote id="viii.xv-p4.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.xv-p5"><i>In darkness and secure.</i></p></blockquote>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter XVI. Explains how, though in darkness, the soul walks securely." progress="74.42%" prev="viii.xv" next="viii.xvii" id="viii.xvi">
<h2 id="viii.xvi-p0.1">CHAPTER XVI </h2>

<blockquote id="viii.xvi-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.xvi-p1"><i>Explains how, though in darkness, the soul walks securely.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="viii.xvi-p2">THE darkness which the soul here describes relates, as we have said, to the desires 
and faculties, sensual, interior and spiritual, for all these are darkened in this 
night as to their natural light, so that, being purged in this respect, they may 
be illumined with respect to the supernatural. For the spiritual and the sensual 
desires are put to sleep and mortified, so that they can experience<note n="206" id="viii.xvi-p2.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘taste.’]</note> 
nothing, either Divine or human; the affections of the soul are oppressed and constrained, 
so that they can neither move nor find support in anything; the imagination is bound 
and can make no useful reflection; the memory is gone; the understanding is in darkness, 
unable to understand anything; and hence the will likewise is arid and constrained 
and all the faculties are void and useless; and in addition to all this a thick 
and heavy cloud is upon the soul, keeping it in affliction, and, as it were, far 
away from God.<note n="207" id="viii.xvi-p2.2">Some have considered this description exaggerated, but 
it must be borne in mind that all souls are not tested alike and the Saint is writing 
of those whom God has willed to raise to such sanctity that they drain the cup of 
bitterness to the dregs. We have already seen (Bk. I, chap. xiv, sect. 5) that ‘all 
do not experience (this) after one manner . . . for (it) is meted out by the will 
of God, in conformity with the greater or the smaller degree of imperfection which 
each soul has to purge away, (and) in conformity, likewise, with the degree of love 
of union to which God is pleased to raise it’ (Bk. I, chap xiv, above).</note> 
It is in this kind of ‘darkness’ that the soul says here it travelled ’securely.’
</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xvi-p3">2. The reason for this has been clearly expounded; for ordinarily the soul never 
strays save through its desires or its tastes or its reflections or its understanding 
or its affections; for as a rule it has too much or too little of these, or they 
vary or go astray, and hence the soul becomes inclined to that which behoves it 
not. Wherefore, when all these operations and motions are hindered, it is clear 
that the soul is secure against being led astray by them; for it is free, not only 
from itself, but likewise from its other enemies, which are the world and the devil. 
For when the affections and operations of the soul are quenched, these enemies cannot 
make war upon it by any other means or in any other manner.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xvi-p4">3. It follows from this that, the greater is the darkness wherein the soul journeys 
and the more completely is it voided of its natural operations, the greater is its 
security. For, as the Prophet says,<note n="208" id="viii.xvi-p4.1"><scripRef passage="Hosea 13:9" id="viii.xvi-p4.2" parsed="|Hos|13|9|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Hos.13.9">Osee xiii, 9</scripRef>.</note> 
perdition comes to the soul from itself alone—that is, from its sensual and interior 
desires and operations; and good, says God, comes from Me alone. Wherefore, when 
it is thus hindered from following the things that lead it into evil, there will 
then come to it forthwith the blessings of union with God in its desires and faculties, 
which in that union He will make Divine and celestial. Hence, at the time of this 
darkness, if the soul considers the matter, it will see very clearly how little 
its desire and its faculties are being diverted to things that are useless and harmful; 
and how secure it is from vainglory and pride and presumption, vain and false rejoicing 
and many other things. It follows clearly, then, that, by walking in darkness, not 
only is the soul not lost, but it has even greatly gained, since it is here gaining 
the virtues.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xvi-p5">4. But there is a question which at once arises here—namely, since the things 
of God are of themselves profitable to the soul and bring it gain and security, 
why does God, in this night, darken the desires and faculties with respect to these 
good things likewise, in such a way that the soul can no more taste of them or busy 
itself with them than with these other things, and indeed in some ways can do so 
less? The answer is that it is well for the soul to perform no operation touching 
spiritual things at that time and to have no pleasure in such things, because its 
faculties and desires are base, impure and wholly natural; and thus, although these 
faculties be given the desire and interest in things supernatural and Divine, they 
could not receive them save after a base and a natural manner, exactly in their 
own fashion. For, as the philosopher says, whatsoever is received comes to him that 
receives it after the manner of the recipient. Wherefore, since these natural faculties 
have neither purity nor strength nor capacity to receive and taste things that are 
supernatural after the manner of those things, which manner is Divine, but can do 
so only after their own manner, which is human and base, as we have said, it is 
meet that its faculties be in darkness concerning these Divine things likewise. 
Thus, being weaned and purged and annihilated in this respect first of all, they 
may lose that base and human way of receiving and acting, and thus all these faculties 
and desires of the soul may come to be prepared and tempered in such a way as to 
be able to receive, feel and taste that which is Divine and supernatural after a 
sublime and lofty manner, which is impossible if the old man die not first of all.
</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xvi-p6">5. Hence it follows that all spiritual things, if they come not from above and 
be not communicated by the Father of lights to human desire and free will (howsoever 
much a man may exercise his taste and faculties for God, and howsoever much it may 
seem to the faculties that they are experiencing these things), will not be experienced 
after a Divine and spiritual manner, but after a human and natural manner, just 
as other things are experienced, for spiritual blessings go not from man to God, 
but come from God to man. With respect to this (if this were the proper place for 
it) we might here explain how there are many persons whose many tastes and affections 
and the operations of whose faculties are fixed upon God or upon spiritual things, 
and who may perhaps think that this is supernatural and spiritual, when it is perhaps 
no more than the most human and natural desires and actions. They regard these good 
things with the same disposition as they have for other things, by means of a certain 
natural facility which they possess for directing their desires and faculties to 
anything whatever.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xvi-p7">6. If perchance we find occasion elsewhere in this book, we shall treat of this, 
describing certain signs which indicate when the interior actions and motions of 
the soul, with respect to communion with God, are only natural, when they are spiritual, 
and when they are both natural and spiritual. It suffices for us here to know that, 
in order that the interior motions and acts of the soul may come to be moved by 
God divinely, they must first be darkened and put to sleep and hushed to rest naturally 
as touching all their capacity and operation, until they have no more strength.
</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xvi-p8">7. Therefore, O spiritual soul, when thou seest thy desire obscured, thy affections 
arid and constrained, and thy faculties bereft of their capacity for any interior 
exercise, be not afflicted by this, but rather consider it a great happiness, since 
God is freeing thee from thyself and taking the matter from thy hands. For with 
those hands, howsoever well they may serve thee, thou wouldst never labour so effectively, 
so perfectly and so securely (because of their clumsiness and uncleanness) as now, 
when God takes thy hand and guides thee in the darkness, as though thou wert blind, 
to an end and by a way which thou knowest not. Nor couldst thou ever hope to travel 
with the aid of thine own eyes and feet, howsoever good thou be as a walker.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xvi-p9">8. The reason, again, why the soul not only travels securely, when it travels 
thus in the darkness, but also achieves even greater gain and progress, is that 
usually, when the soul is receiving fresh advantage and profit, this comes by a 
way that it least understands—indeed, it quite commonly believes that it is losing 
ground. For, as it has never experienced that new feeling which drives it forth 
and dazzles it and makes it depart recklessly from its former way of life, it thinks 
itself to be losing ground rather than gaining and progressing, since it sees that 
it is losing with respect to that which it knew and enjoyed, and is going by a way 
which it knows not and wherein it finds no enjoyment. It is like the traveller, 
who, in order to go to new and unknown lands, takes new roads, unknown and untried, 
and journeys unguided by his past experience, but doubtingly and according to what 
others say. It is clear that such a man could not reach new countries, or add to 
his past experience, if he went not along new and unknown roads and abandoned those 
which were known to him. Exactly so, one who is learning fresh details concerning 
any office or art always proceeds in darkness, and receives no guidance from his 
original knowledge, for if he left not that behind he would get no farther nor make 
any progress; and in the same way, when the soul is making most progress, it is 
travelling in darkness, knowing naught. Wherefore, since God, as we have said, is 
the Master and Guide of this blind soul, it may well and truly rejoice, once it 
has learned to understand this, and say: ‘In darkness and secure.’</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xvi-p10">9. There is another reason why the soul has walked securely in this darkness, 
and this is because it has been suffering; for the road of suffering is more secure 
and even more profitable than that of fruition and action: first, because in suffering 
the strength of God is added to that of man, while in action and fruition the soul 
is practising its own weaknesses and imperfections; and second, because in suffering 
the soul continues to practise and acquire the virtues and become purer, wiser and 
more cautious.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xvi-p11">10. But there is another and a more important reason why the soul now walks in 
darkness and securely; this emanates from the dark light or wisdom aforementioned. 
For in such a way does this dark night of contemplation absorb and immerse the soul 
in itself, and so near does it bring the soul to God, that it protects and delivers 
it from all that is not God. For this soul is now, as it were, undergoing a cure, 
in order that it may regain its health—its health being God Himself. His Majesty 
restricts it to a diet and abstinence from all things, and takes away its appetite 
for them all. It is like a sick man, who, if he is respected by those in his house, 
is carefully tended so that he may be cured; the air is not allowed to touch him, 
nor may he even enjoy the light, nor must he hear footsteps, nor yet the noise of 
those in the house; and he is given food that is very delicate, and even that only 
in great moderation—food that is nourishing rather than delectable.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xvi-p12">11. All these particularities (which are for the security and safekeeping of 
the soul) are caused by this dark contemplation, because it brings the soul nearer 
to God. For the nearer the soul approaches Him, the blacker is the darkness which 
it feels and the deeper is the obscurity which comes through its weakness; just 
as, the nearer a man approaches the sun, the greater are the darkness and the affliction 
caused him through the great splendour of the sun and through the weakness and impurity 
of his eyes. In the same way, so immense is the spiritual light of God, and so greatly 
does it transcend our natural understanding, that the nearer we approach it, the 
more it blinds and darkens us. And this is the reason why, in Psalm xvii, David 
says that God made darkness His hiding-place and covering, and His tabernacle around 
Him dark water in the clouds of the air.<note n="209" id="viii.xvi-p12.1"><scripRef passage="Psalm 17:12" version="VUL" id="viii.xvi-p12.2" parsed="vul|Ps|17|12|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.17.12">Psalm xvii, 12</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 18:11" id="viii.xvi-p12.3" parsed="|Ps|18|11|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.18.11">xviii, 11</scripRef>].</note> 
This dark water in the clouds of the air is dark contemplation and Divine wisdom 
in souls, as we are saying. They continue to feel it is a thing which is near Him, 
as the tabernacle wherein He dwells, when God brings them ever nearer to Himself. 
And thus, that which in God is supreme light and refulgence is to man blackest darkness, 
as Saint Paul says, according as David explains in the same Psalm, saying: ‘Because 
of the brightness which is in His presence, passed clouds and cataracts’<note n="210" id="viii.xvi-p12.4"><scripRef passage="Psalm 17:13" version="VUL" id="viii.xvi-p12.5" parsed="vul|Ps|17|13|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.17.13">Psalm xvii, 13</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 18:12" id="viii.xvi-p12.6" parsed="|Ps|18|12|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.18.12">xviii, 12</scripRef>].</note>—that 
is to say, over the natural understanding, the light whereof, as Isaias says in 
Chapter V: <i>Obtenebrata est in caligine ejus</i>.<note n="211" id="viii.xvi-p12.7"><scripRef passage="Isaiah 5:30" id="viii.xvi-p12.8" parsed="|Isa|5|30|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Isa.5.30">Isaias v, 30</scripRef>.</note></p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xvi-p13">12. Oh, miserable is the fortune of our life, which is lived in such great peril 
and wherein it is so difficult to find the truth. For that which is most clear and 
true is to us most dark and doubtful; wherefore, though it is the thing that is 
most needful for us, we flee from it. And that which gives the greatest light and 
satisfaction to our eyes we embrace and pursue, though it be the worst thing for 
us, and make us fall at every step. In what peril and fear does man live, since 
the very natural light of his eyes by which he has to guide himself is the first 
light that dazzles him and leads him astray on his road to God! And if he is to 
know with certainty by what road he travels, he must perforce keep his eyes closed 
and walk in darkness, that he may be secure from the enemies who inhabit his own 
house—that is, his senses and faculties.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xvi-p14">13. Well hidden, then, and well protected is the soul in these dark waters, when 
it is close to God. For, as these waters serve as a tabernacle and dwelling-place 
for God Himself, they will serve the soul in the same way and for a perfect protection 
and security, though it remain in darkness, wherein, as we have said, it is hidden 
and protected from itself, and from all evils that come from creatures; for to such 
the words of David refer in another Psalm, where he says: ‘Thou shalt hide them 
in the hiding-place of Thy face from the disturbance of men; Thou shalt protect 
them in Thy tabernacle from the contradiction of tongues.’<note n="212" id="viii.xvi-p14.1"><scripRef passage="Psalm 30:21" version="VUL" id="viii.xvi-p14.2" parsed="vul|Ps|30|21|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.30.21">Psalm xxx, 21</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 31:20" id="viii.xvi-p14.3" parsed="|Ps|31|20|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.31.20">xxxi, 20</scripRef>].</note> 
Herein we understand all kinds of protection; for to be hidden in the face of God 
from the disturbance of men is to be fortified with this dark contemplation against 
all the chances which may come upon the soul from men. And to be protected in His 
tabernacle from the contradiction of tongues is for the soul to be engulfed in these 
dark waters, which are the tabernacle of David whereof we have spoken. Wherefore, 
since the soul has all its desires and affections weaned and its faculties set in 
darkness, it is free from all imperfections which contradict the spirit, whether 
they come from its own flesh or from other creatures. Wherefore this soul may well 
say that it journeys ‘in darkness and secure.’</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xvi-p15">14. There is likewise another reason, which is no less effectual than the last, 
by which we may understand how the soul journeys securely in darkness; it is derived 
from the fortitude by which the soul is at once inspired in these obscure and afflictive 
dark waters of God. For after all, though the waters be dark, they are none the 
less waters, and therefore they cannot but refresh and fortify the soul in that 
which is most needful for it, although in darkness and with affliction. For the 
soul immediately perceives in itself a genuine determination and an effectual desire 
to do naught which it understands to be an offence to God, and to omit to do naught 
that seems to be for His service. For that dark love cleaves to the soul, causing 
it a most watchful care and an inward solicitude concerning that which it must do, 
or must not do, for His sake, in order to please Him. It will consider and ask itself 
a thousand times if it has given Him cause to be offended; and all this it will 
do with much greater care and solicitude than before, as has already been said with 
respect to the yearnings of love. For here all the desires and energies and faculties 
of the soul are recollected from all things else, and its effort and strength are 
employed in pleasing its God alone. After this manner the soul goes forth from itself 
and from all created things to the sweet and delectable union of love of God, ‘In 
darkness and secure.’</p>
<blockquote id="viii.xvi-p15.1">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.xvi-p16"><i>By the secret ladder, disguised.</i></p></blockquote>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter XVII. Explains how this dark contemplation is secret." progress="79.40%" prev="viii.xvi" next="viii.xviii" id="viii.xvii">
<h2 id="viii.xvii-p0.1">CHAPTER XVII </h2>
<blockquote id="viii.xvii-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.xvii-p1"><i>Explains how this dark contemplation is secret.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="viii.xvii-p2">THREE things have to be expounded with reference to three words contained in 
this present line. Two (namely, ’secret’ and ‘ladder’) belong to the dark night 
of contemplation of which we are treating; the third (namely, ‘disguised’) belongs 
to the soul by reason of the manner wherein it conducts itself in this night. As 
to the first, it must be known that in this line the soul describes this dark contemplation, 
by which it goes forth to the union of love, as a secret ladder, because of the 
two properties which belong to it—namely, its being secret and its being a ladder. 
We shall treat of each separately.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xvii-p3">2. First, it describes this dark contemplation as ’secret,’ since, as we have 
indicated above, it is mystical theology, which theologians call secret wisdom, 
and which, as Saint Thomas says is communicated and infused into the soul through 
love.<note n="213" id="viii.xvii-p3.1">‘<span lang="LA" id="viii.xvii-p3.2">Propter hoc Gregorius (Hom. 14 in Ezech.) constituit 
vitam contemplativam in charitate Dei.</span>‘ Cf. <i>Summa Theologica</i>, 2a, 2ae, q. 
45, a. 2.</note> 
This happens secretly and in darkness, so as to be hidden from the work of the understanding 
and of other faculties. Wherefore, inasmuch as the faculties aforementioned attain 
not to it, but the Holy Spirit infuses and orders it in the soul, as says the Bride 
in the Songs, without either its knowledge or its understanding, it is called secret. 
And, in truth, not only does the soul not understand it, but there is none that 
does so, not even the devil; inasmuch as the Master Who teaches the soul is within 
it in its substance, to which the devil may not attain, neither may natural sense 
nor understanding.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xvii-p4">3. And it is not for this reason alone that it may be called secret, but likewise 
because of the effects which it produces in the soul. For it is secret not only 
in the darknesses and afflictions of purgation, when this wisdom of love purges 
the soul, and the soul is unable to speak of it, but equally so afterwards in illumination, 
when this wisdom is communicated to it most clearly. Even then it is still so secret 
that the soul cannot speak of it and give it a name whereby it may be called; for, 
apart from the fact that the soul has no desire to speak of it, it can find no suitable 
way or manner or similitude by which it may be able to describe such lofty understanding 
and such delicate spiritual feeling. And thus, even though the soul might have a 
great desire to express it and might find many ways in which to describe it, it 
would still be secret and remain undescribed. For, as that inward wisdom is so simple, 
so general and so spiritual that it has not entered into the understanding enwrapped 
or cloaked in any form or image subject to sense, it follows that sense and imagination 
(as it has not entered through them nor has taken their form and colour) cannot 
account for it or imagine it, so as to say anything concerning it, although the 
soul be clearly aware that it is experiencing and partaking of that rare and delectable 
wisdom. It is like one who sees something never seen before, whereof he has not 
even seen the like; although he might understand its nature and have experience 
of it, he would be unable to give it a name, or say what it is, however much he 
tried to do so, and this in spite of its being a thing which he had perceived with 
the senses. How much less, then, could he describe a thing that has not entered 
through the senses! For the language of God has this characteristic that, since 
it is very intimate and spiritual in its relations with the soul, it transcends 
every sense and at once makes all harmony and capacity of the outward and inward 
senses to cease and be dumb.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xvii-p5">4. For this we have both authorities and examples in the Divine Scripture. For 
the incapacity of man to speak of it and describe it in words was shown by Jeremias,<note n="214" id="viii.xvii-p5.1"><scripRef passage="Jeremiah 1:6" id="viii.xvii-p5.2" parsed="|Jer|1|6|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Jer.1.6">Jeremias i, 6</scripRef>.</note> 
when, after God had spoken with him, he knew not what to say, save ‘Ah, ah, ah!’ 
This interior incapacity—that is, of the interior sense of the imagination—and 
also that of the exterior sense corresponding to it was also demonstrated in the 
case of Moses, when he stood before God in the bush;<note n="215" id="viii.xvii-p5.3"><scripRef passage="Exodus 4:10" id="viii.xvii-p5.4" parsed="|Exod|4|10|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Exod.4.10">Exodus iv, 10</scripRef> [cf. <scripRef passage="Exodus 3:2" id="viii.xvii-p5.5" parsed="|Exod|3|2|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Exod.3.2">iii, 2</scripRef>].</note> 
not only did he say to God that after speaking with Him he knew not neither was 
able to speak, but also that not even (as is said in the Acts of the Apostles)<note n="216" id="viii.xvii-p5.6"><scripRef passage="Acts 7:32" id="viii.xvii-p5.7" parsed="|Acts|7|32|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Acts.7.32">Acts vii, 32</scripRef>.</note> 
with the interior imagination did he dare to meditate, for it seemed to him that 
his imagination was very far away and was too dumb, not only to express any part 
of that which he understood concerning God, but even to have the capacity to receive 
aught therefrom. Wherefore, inasmuch as the wisdom of this contemplation is the 
language of God to the soul, addressed by pure spirit to pure spirit, naught that 
is less than spirit, such as the senses, can perceive it, and thus to them it is 
secret, and they know it not, neither can they say it,<note n="217" id="viii.xvii-p5.8">[Or: ‘and they know not how to say it nor are able to do so.’]</note> 
nor do they desire to do so, because they see it not.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xvii-p6">5. We may deduce from this the reason why certain persons—good and fearful souls—who 
walk along this road and would like to give an account of their spiritual state 
to their director,<note n="218" id="viii.xvii-p6.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘to him that rules them.’]</note> 
are neither able to do so nor know how. For the reason we have described, they have 
a great repugnance in speaking of it, especially when their contemplation is of 
the purer sort, so that the soul itself is hardly conscious of it. Such a person 
is only able to say that he is satisfied, tranquil and contented and that he is 
conscious of the presence of God, and that, as it seems to him, all is going well 
with him; but he cannot describe the state of his soul, nor can he say anything 
about it save in general terms like these. It is a different matter when the experiences 
of the soul are of a particular kind, such as visions, feelings, etc., which, being 
ordinarily received under some species wherein sense participates, can be described 
under that species, or by some other similitude. But this capacity for being described 
is not in the nature of pure contemplation, which is indescribable, as we have said, 
for the which reason it is called secret.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xvii-p7">6. And not only for that reason is it called secret, and is so, but likewise 
because this mystical knowledge has the property of hiding the soul within itself. 
For, besides performing its ordinary function, it sometimes absorbs the soul and 
engulfs it in its secret abyss, in such a way that the soul clearly sees that it 
has been carried far away from every creature and; has become most remote therefrom;<note n="219" id="viii.xvii-p7.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘that is set most far away and most remote 
from every creatures.’]</note> 
so that it considers itself as having been placed in a most profound and vast retreat, 
to which no human creature can attain, such as an immense desert, which nowhere 
has any boundary, a desert the more delectable, pleasant and lovely for its secrecy, 
vastness and solitude, wherein, the more the soul is raised up above all temporal 
creatures, the more deeply does it find itself hidden. And so greatly does this 
abyss of wisdom raise up and exalt the soul at this time, making it to penetrate 
the veins of the science of love, that it not only shows it how base are all properties 
of the creatures by comparison with this supreme knowledge and Divine feeling, but 
likewise it learns how base and defective, and, in some measure, how inapt, are 
all the terms and words which are used in this life to treat of Divine things, and 
how impossible it is, in any natural way or manner, however learnedly and sublimely 
they may be spoken of, to be able to know and perceive them as they are, save by 
the illumination of this mystical theology. And thus, when by means of this illumination 
the soul discerns this truth, namely, that it cannot reach it, still less explain 
it, by common or human language, it rightly calls it secret.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xvii-p8">7. This property of secrecy and superiority over natural capacity, which belongs 
to this Divine contemplation, belongs to it, not only because it is supernatural, 
but also inasmuch as it is a road that guides and leads the soul to the perfections 
of union with God; which, as they are things unknown after a human manner, must 
be approached, after a human manner, by unknowing and by Divine ignorance. For, 
speaking mystically, as we are speaking here, Divine things and perfections are 
known and understood as they are, not when they are being sought after and practised, 
but when they have been found and practised. To this purpose speaks the prophet 
Baruch concerning this Divine wisdom: ‘There is none that can know her ways nor 
that can imagine her paths.’<note n="220" id="viii.xvii-p8.1"><scripRef passage="Baruch 3:31" id="viii.xvii-p8.2" parsed="|Bar|3|31|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Bar.3.31">Baruch iii, 31</scripRef>.</note> 
Likewise the royal Prophet speaks in this manner concerning this road of the soul, 
when he says to God: ‘Thy lightnings lighted and illumined the round earth; the 
earth was moved and trembled. Thy way is in the sea and Thy paths are in many waters; 
and Thy footsteps shall not be known.’<note n="221" id="viii.xvii-p8.3"><scripRef passage="Psalm 76:19-20" version="VUL" id="viii.xvii-p8.4" parsed="vul|Ps|76|19|76|20" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.76.19-Ps.76.20">Psalm lxxvi, 19-20</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 77:18-19" id="viii.xvii-p8.5" parsed="|Ps|77|18|77|19" osisRef="Bible:Ps.77.18-Ps.77.19">lxxvii, 18-19</scripRef>].</note></p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xvii-p9">8. All this, speaking spiritually, is to be understood in the sense wherein we 
are speaking. For the illumination of the round earth<note n="222" id="viii.xvii-p9.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘of the roundness of the earth.’]</note> 
by the lightnings of God is the enlightenment which is produced by this Divine contemplation 
in the faculties of the soul; the moving and trembling of the earth is the painful 
purgation which is caused therein; and to say that the way and the road of God whereby 
the soul journeys to Him is in the sea, and His footprints are in many waters and 
for this reason shall not be known, is as much as to say that this road whereby 
the soul journeys to God is as secret and as hidden from the sense of the soul as 
the way of one that walks on the sea, whose paths and footprints are not known, 
is hidden from the sense of the body. The steps and footprints which God is imprinting 
upon the souls that He desires to bring near to Himself, and to make great in union 
with His Wisdom, have also this property, that they are not known. Wherefore in 
the Book of Job mention is made of this matter, in these words: ‘Hast thou perchance 
known the paths of the great clouds or the perfect knowledges?’<note n="223" id="viii.xvii-p9.2"><scripRef passage="Job 37:16" id="viii.xvii-p9.3" parsed="|Job|37|16|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Job.37.16">Job xxxvii, 16</scripRef>.</note> 
By this are understood the ways and roads whereby God continually exalts souls and 
perfects them in His Wisdom, which souls are here understood by the clouds. It follows, 
then, that this contemplation which is guiding the soul to God is secret wisdom.</p>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter XVIII. Explains how this secret wisdom is likewise a ladder." progress="82.63%" prev="viii.xvii" next="viii.xix" id="viii.xviii">
<h2 id="viii.xviii-p0.1">CHAPTER XVIII</h2>
<blockquote id="viii.xviii-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.xviii-p1"><i>Explains how this secret wisdom is likewise a ladder.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="viii.xviii-p2">IT now remains to consider the second point—namely, how this secret wisdom is 
likewise a ladder. With respect to this it must be known that we can call this secret 
contemplation a ladder for many reasons. In the first place, because, just as men 
mount by means of ladders and climb up to possessions and treasures and things that 
are in strong places, even so also, by means of this secret contemplation, without 
knowing how, the soul ascends and climbs up to a knowledge and possession of<note n="224" id="viii.xviii-p2.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘rises to scale, know and possess.’]</note> 
the good things and treasures of Heaven. This is well expressed by the royal prophet 
David, when he says: ‘Blessed is he that hath Thy favour and help, for such a man 
hath placed in his heart ascensions into the vale of tears in the place which he 
hath appointed; for after this manner the Lord of the law shall give blessing, and 
they shall go from virtue to virtue as from step to step, and the God of gods shall 
be seen in Sion.’<note n="225" id="viii.xviii-p2.2"><scripRef passage="Psalm 83:6" version="VUL" id="viii.xviii-p2.3" parsed="vul|Ps|83|6|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.83.6">Psalm lxxxiii, 6</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 84:7" id="viii.xviii-p2.4" parsed="|Ps|84|7|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.84.7">lxxxiv, 7</scripRef>].</note> 
This God is the treasure of the strong place of Sion, which is happiness.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xviii-p3">2. We may also call it a ladder because, even as the ladder has those same steps 
in order that men may mount, it has them also that they may descend; even so is 
it likewise with this secret contemplation, for those same communications which 
it causes in the soul raise it up to God, yet humble it with respect to itself. 
For communications which are indeed of God have this property, that they humble 
the soul and at the same time exalt it. For, upon this road, to go down is to go 
up, and to go up, to go down, for he that humbles himself is exalted and he that 
exalts himself is humbled.<note n="226" id="viii.xviii-p3.1"><scripRef passage="Luke 14:11" id="viii.xviii-p3.2" parsed="|Luke|14|11|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Luke.14.11">St. Luke xiv, 11</scripRef>.</note> 
And besides the fact that the virtue of humility is greatness, for the exercise 
of the soul therein, God is wont to make it mount by this ladder so that it may 
descend, and to make it descend so that it may mount, that the words of the Wise 
Man may thus be fulfilled, namely: ‘Before the soul is exalted, it is humbled; and 
before it is humbled, it is exalted.’<note n="227" id="viii.xviii-p3.3"><scripRef passage="Proverbs 18:12" id="viii.xviii-p3.4" parsed="|Prov|18|12|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Prov.18.12">Proverbs xviii, 12</scripRef>.</note></p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xviii-p4">3. Speaking now in a natural way, the soul that desires to consider it will be 
able to see how on this road (we leave apart the spiritual aspect, of which the 
soul is not conscious) it has to suffer many ups and downs, and how the prosperity 
which it enjoys is followed immediately by certain storms and trials; so much so, 
that it appears to have been given that period of calm in order that it might be 
forewarned and strengthened against the poverty which has followed; just as after 
misery and torment there come abundance and calm. It seems to the soul as if, before 
celebrating that festival, it has first been made to keep that vigil. This is the 
ordinary course and proceeding of the state of contemplation until the soul arrives 
at the state of quietness; it never remains in the same state for long together, 
but is ascending and descending continually.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xviii-p5">4. The reason for this is that, as the state of perfection, which consists in 
the perfect love of God and contempt for self, cannot exist unless it have these 
two parts, which are the knowledge of God and of oneself, the soul has of necessity 
to be practised first in the one and then in the other, now being given to taste 
of the one—that is, exaltation—and now being made to experience the other—that 
is, humiliation—until it has acquired perfect habits; and then this ascending and 
descending will cease, since the soul will have attained to God and become united 
with Him, which comes to pass at the summit of this ladder, for the ladder rests 
and leans upon Him. For this ladder of contemplation, which, as we have said, comes 
down from God, is prefigured by that ladder which Jacob saw as he slept, whereon 
angels were ascending and descending, from God to man, and from man to God, Who 
Himself was leaning upon the end of the ladder.<note n="228" id="viii.xviii-p5.1"><scripRef passage="Genesis 28:12" id="viii.xviii-p5.2" parsed="|Gen|28|12|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Gen.28.12">Genesis xxviii, 12</scripRef>.</note> 
All this, says Divine Scripture, took place by night, when Jacob slept, in order 
to express how secret is this road and ascent to God, and how different from that 
of man’s knowledge. This is very evident, since ordinarily that which is of the 
greatest profit in it—namely, to be ever losing oneself and becoming as nothing<note n="229" id="viii.xviii-p5.3">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘and annihilating oneself.’]</note>—is 
considered the worst thing possible; and that which is of least worth, which is 
for a soul to find consolation and sweetness (wherein it ordinarily loses rather 
than gains), is considered best.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xviii-p6">5. But, speaking now somewhat more substantially and properly of this ladder 
of secret contemplation, we shall observe that the principal characteristic of contemplation, 
on account of which it is here called a ladder, is that it is the science of love. 
This, as we have said, is an infused and loving knowledge of God, which enlightens 
the soul and at the same time enkindles it with love, until it is raised up step 
by step, even unto God its Creator. For it is love alone that unites and joins the 
soul with God. To the end that this may be seen more clearly, we shall here indicate 
the steps of this Divine ladder one by one, pointing out briefly the marks and effects 
of each, so that the soul may conjecture hereby on which of them it is standing. 
We shall therefore distinguish them by their effects, as do Saint Bernard and Saint 
Thomas,<note n="230" id="viii.xviii-p6.1">‘<span lang="LA" id="viii.xviii-p6.2">Ut dicit Bernardus, Magna res est amor, sed sunt in 
eo gradus. Loquendo ergo aliquantulum magis moraliter quam realiter, decem amoris 
gradus distinguere possumus</span>‘ (D. Thom., <i>De dilectione Dei et proximi</i>, cap. 
xxvii. Cf. Opusc. LXI of the edition of Venice, 1595).</note> 
for to know them in themselves is not possible after a natural manner, inasmuch 
as this ladder of love is, as we have said, so secret that God alone is He that 
measures and weighs it.</p>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter XIX. Begins to explain the ten steps of the mystic ladder of Divine love, according to Saint Bernard and Saint Thomas.  The first five are here treated." progress="84.43%" prev="viii.xviii" next="viii.xx" id="viii.xix">
<h2 id="viii.xix-p0.1">CHAPTER XIX</h2>
<blockquote id="viii.xix-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.xix-p1"><i>Begins to explain the ten steps</i><note n="231" id="viii.xix-p1.1">[The word translated ’step’ may also (and often more 
elegantly) be rendered ‘degree.’ The same word is kept, however, throughout the 
translation of this chapter except where noted below.]</note> <i> of the mystic ladder of Divine love, according to Saint Bernard and Saint Thomas. 
The first five are here treated.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="viii.xix-p2">WE observe, then, that the steps of this ladder of love by which the soul mounts, 
one by one, to God, are ten. The first step of love causes the soul to languish, 
and this to its advantage. The Bride is speaking from this step of love when she 
says: ‘I adjure you, daughters of Jerusalem, that, if ye find my Beloved, ye tell 
Him that I am sick with love.’<note n="232" id="viii.xix-p2.1"><scripRef passage="Canticles 5:8" id="viii.xix-p2.2" parsed="|Song|5|8|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Song.5.8">Canticles v, 8</scripRef>.</note> 
This sickness, however, is not unto death, but for the glory of God, for in this 
sickness the soul swoons as to sin and as to all things that are not God, for the 
sake of God Himself, even as David testifies, saying: ‘My soul hath swooned away’<note n="233" id="viii.xix-p2.3"><scripRef passage="Psalm 142:7" version="VUL" id="viii.xix-p2.4" parsed="vul|Ps|142|7|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.142.7">Psalm cxlii, 7</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 143:7" id="viii.xix-p2.5" parsed="|Ps|143|7|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.143.7">cxliii, 7</scripRef>].</note>—that 
is, with respect to all things, for Thy salvation. For just as a sick man first 
of all loses his appetite and taste for all food, and his colour changes, so likewise 
in this degree of love the soul loses its taste and desire for all things and changes 
its colour and the other accidentals of its past life, like one in love. The soul 
falls not into this sickness if excess of heat be not communicated to it from above, 
even as is expressed in that verse of David which says: <i>Pluviam voluntariam segregabis, 
Deus, haereditati tuae, et infirmata est</i>,<note n="234" id="viii.xix-p2.6"><scripRef passage="Psalm 67:10" version="VUL" id="viii.xix-p2.7" parsed="vul|Ps|67|10|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.67.10">Psalm lxvii, 10</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 68:9" id="viii.xix-p2.8" parsed="|Ps|68|9|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.68.9">lxviii, 9</scripRef>].</note> etc. 
This sickness and swooning to all things, which is the beginning and the first step 
on the road to God, we clearly described above, when we were speaking of the annihilation 
wherein the soul finds itself when it begins to climb<note n="235" id="viii.xix-p2.9">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘to enter (upon).’]</note> 
this ladder of contemplative purgation, when it can find no pleasure, support, consolation 
or abiding-place in anything soever. Wherefore from this step it begins at once 
to climb to the second.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xix-p3">2. The second step causes the soul to seek God without ceasing. Wherefore, when 
the Bride says that she sought Him by night upon her bed (when she had swooned away 
according to the first step of love) and found Him not, she said: ‘I will arise 
and will seek Him Whom my soul loveth.’<note n="236" id="viii.xix-p3.1"><scripRef passage="Canticles 3:2" id="viii.xix-p3.2" parsed="|Song|3|2|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Song.3.2">Canticles iii, 2</scripRef>.</note> 
This, as we say, the soul does without ceasing as David counsels it, saying: ’seek 
ye ever the face of God, and seek ye Him in all things, tarrying not until ye find 
Him;’<note n="237" id="viii.xix-p3.3"><scripRef passage="Psalm 104:4" version="VUL" id="viii.xix-p3.4" parsed="vul|Ps|104|4|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.104.4">Psalm civ, 4</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 105:4" id="viii.xix-p3.5" parsed="|Ps|105|4|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.105.4">cv, 4</scripRef>].</note> 
like the Bride, who, having enquired for Him of the watchmen, passed on at once 
and left them. Mary Magdalene did not even notice the angels at the sepulchre.<note n="238" id="viii.xix-p3.6"><scripRef passage="John 20" id="viii.xix-p3.7" parsed="|John|20|0|0|0" osisRef="Bible:John.20">St. John xx.</scripRef></note> 
On this step the soul now walks so anxiously that it seeks the Beloved in all things. 
In whatsoever it thinks, it thinks at once of the Beloved. Of whatsoever it speaks, 
in whatsoever matters present themselves, it is speaking and communing at once with 
the Beloved. When it eats, when it sleeps, when it watches, when it does aught soever, 
all its care is about the Beloved, as is said above with respect to the yearnings 
of love. And now, as love begins to recover its health and find new strength in 
the love of this second step, it begins at once to mount to the third, by means 
of a certain degree<note n="239" id="viii.xix-p3.8">[The word in the Spanish is that elsewhere translated 
’step.’]</note> 
of new purgation in the night, as we shall afterwards describe, which produces in 
the soul the following effects.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xix-p4">3. The third step of the ladder of love is that which causes the soul to work 
and gives it fervour so that it fails not. Concerning this the royal Prophet says: 
’ Blessed is the man that feareth the Lord, for in His commandments he is eager to 
labour greatly.’<note n="240" id="viii.xix-p4.1"><scripRef passage="Psalm 111:1" version="VUL" id="viii.xix-p4.2" parsed="vul|Ps|111|1|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.111.1">Psalm cxi, 1</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 112:1" id="viii.xix-p4.3" parsed="|Ps|112|1|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.112.1">cxii, 1</scripRef>].</note> 
Wherefore if fear, being the son of love, causes within him this eagerness to labour,<note n="241" id="viii.xix-p4.4">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘makes in him this labour of eagerness.’]</note> 
what will be done by love itself? On this step the soul considers great works undertaken 
for the Beloved as small; many things as few; and the long time for which it serves 
Him as short, by reason of the fire of love wherein it is now burning. Even so to 
Jacob, though after seven years he had been made to serve seven more, they seemed 
few because of the greatness of his love.<note n="242" id="viii.xix-p4.5"><scripRef passage="Genesis 29:20" id="viii.xix-p4.6" parsed="|Gen|29|20|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Gen.29.20">Genesis xxix, 20</scripRef>.</note> 
Now if the love of a mere creature could accomplish so much in Jacob, what will 
love of the Creator be able to do when on this third step it takes possession of 
the soul? Here, for the great love which the soul bears to God, it suffers great 
pains and afflictions because of the little that it does for God; and if it were 
lawful for it to be destroyed a thousand times for Him it would be comforted. Wherefore 
it considers itself useless in all that it does and thinks itself to be living in 
vain. Another wondrous effect produced here in the soul is that it considers itself 
as being, most certainly, worse than all other souls: first, because love is continually 
teaching it how much is due to God;<note n="243" id="viii.xix-p4.7">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘how much God merits.’]</note> 
and second, because, as the works which it here does for God are many and it knows 
them all to be faulty and imperfect, they all bring it confusion and affliction, 
for it realizes in how lowly a manner it is working for God, Who is so high. On 
this third step, the soul is very far from vainglory or presumption, and from condemning 
others. These anxious effects, with many others like them, are produced in the soul 
by this third step; wherefore it gains courage and strength from them in order to 
mount to the fourth step, which is that that follows.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xix-p5">4. The fourth step of this ladder of love is that whereby there is caused in 
the soul an habitual suffering because of the Beloved, yet without weariness. For, 
as Saint Augustine says, love makes all things that are great, grievous and burdensome 
to be almost naught. From this step the Bride was speaking when, desiring to attain 
to the last step, she said to the Spouse: ’set me as a seal upon thy heart, as a 
seal upon thine arm; for love—that is, the act and work of love—is strong as death, 
and emulation and importunity last as long as hell.’<note n="244" id="viii.xix-p5.1"><scripRef passage="Canticles 8:5" id="viii.xix-p5.2" parsed="|Song|8|5|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Song.8.5">Canticles viii, 5</scripRef>.</note> 
The spirit here has so much strength that it has subjected the flesh and takes as 
little account of it as does the tree of one of its leaves. In no way does the soul 
here seek its own consolation or pleasure, either in God, or in aught else, nor 
does it desire or seek to pray to God for favours, for it sees clearly that it has 
already received enough of these, and all its anxiety is set upon the manner wherein 
it will be able to do something that is pleasing to God and to render Him some service 
such as He merits and in return for what it has received from Him, although it be 
greatly to its cost. The soul says in its heart and spirit: Ah, my God and Lord! 
How many are there that go to seek in Thee their own consolation and pleasure, and 
desire Thee to grant them favours and gifts; but those who long to do Thee pleasure 
and to give Thee something at their cost, setting their own interests last, are 
very few. The failure, my God, is not in Thy unwillingness to grant us new favours, 
but in our neglect to use those that we have received in Thy service alone, in order 
to constrain Thee to grant them to us continually. Exceeding lofty is this step 
of love; for, as the soul goes ever after God with love so true, imbued with the 
spirit of suffering for His sake, His Majesty oftentimes and quite habitually grants 
it joy, and visits it sweetly and delectably in the spirit; for the boundless love 
of Christ, the Word, cannot suffer the afflictions of His lover without succouring 
him. This He affirmed through Jeremias, saying: ‘I have remembered thee, pitying 
thy youth and tenderness, when thou wentest after Me in the wilderness.’<note n="245" id="viii.xix-p5.3"><scripRef passage="Jeremiah 2:2" id="viii.xix-p5.4" parsed="|Jer|2|2|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Jer.2.2">Jeremias ii, 2</scripRef>.</note> 
Speaking spiritually, this denotes the detachment which the soul now has interiorly 
from every creature, so that it rests not and nowhere finds quietness. This fourth 
step enkindles the soul and makes it to burn in such desire for God that it causes 
it to mount to the fifth, which is that which follows.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xix-p6">5. The fifth step of this ladder of love makes the soul to desire and long for 
God impatiently. On this step the vehemence of the lover to comprehend the Beloved 
and be united with Him is such that every delay, however brief, becomes very long, 
wearisome and oppressive to it, and it continually believes itself to be finding 
the Beloved. And when it sees its desire frustrated (which is at almost every moment), 
it swoons away with its yearning, as says the Psalmist, speaking from this step, 
in these words: ‘My soul longs and faints for the dwellings of the Lord.’<note n="246" id="viii.xix-p6.1"><scripRef passage="Psalm 83:2" version="VUL" id="viii.xix-p6.2" parsed="vul|Ps|83|2|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.83.2">Psalm lxxxiii, 2</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 84:2" id="viii.xix-p6.3" parsed="|Ps|84|2|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.84.2">lxxxiv, 2</scripRef>].</note> 
On this step the lover must needs see that which he loves, or die; at this step 
was Rachel, when, for the great longing that she had for children, she said to Jacob, 
her spouse: ‘Give me children, else shall I die.’<note n="247" id="viii.xix-p6.4"><scripRef passage="Genesis 30:1" id="viii.xix-p6.5" parsed="|Gen|30|1|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Gen.30.1">Genesis xxx, 1</scripRef>.</note> 
Here men suffer hunger like dogs and go about and surround the city of God. On this 
step, which is one of hunger,<note n="248" id="viii.xix-p6.6">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘On this hungering step.’]</note> 
the soul is nourished upon love; for, even as is its hunger, so is its abundance; 
so that it rises hence to the sixth step, producing the effects which follow.</p>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter XX. Wherein are treated the other five steps of love." progress="87.31%" prev="viii.xix" next="viii.xxi" id="viii.xx">
<h2 id="viii.xx-p0.1">CHAPTER XX </h2>
<blockquote id="viii.xx-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.xx-p1"><i>Wherein are treated the other five steps of love.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="viii.xx-p2">ON the sixth step the soul runs swiftly to God and touches Him again and again; 
and it runs without fainting by reason of its hope. For here the love that has made 
it strong makes it to fly swiftly. Of this step the prophet Isaias speaks thus: 
’ The saints that hope in God shall renew their strength; they shall take wings as 
the eagle; they shall fly and shall not faint,’<note n="249" id="viii.xx-p2.1"><scripRef passage="Isaiah 40:31" id="viii.xx-p2.2" parsed="|Isa|40|31|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Isa.40.31">Isaias xl, 31</scripRef>.</note> 
as they did at the fifth step. To this step likewise alludes that verse of the Psalm: 
’ As the hart desires the waters, my soul desires Thee, O God.’<note n="250" id="viii.xx-p2.3"><scripRef passage="Psalm 41:2" version="VUL" id="viii.xx-p2.4" parsed="vul|Ps|41|2|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.41.2">Psalm xli, 2</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 42:1" id="viii.xx-p2.5" parsed="|Ps|42|1|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.42.1">xlii, 1</scripRef>].</note> 
For the hart, in its thirst, runs to the waters with great swiftness. The cause 
of this swiftness in love which the soul has on this step is that its charity is 
greatly enlarged within it, since the soul is here almost wholly purified, as is 
said likewise in the Psalm, namely: <i>Sine iniquitate cucurri</i>.<note n="251" id="viii.xx-p2.6"><scripRef passage="Psalm 58:5" version="VUL" id="viii.xx-p2.7" parsed="vul|Ps|58|5|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.58.5">Psalm lviii, 5</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 59:4" id="viii.xx-p2.8" parsed="|Ps|59|4|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.59.4">lix, 4</scripRef>].</note> And 
in another Psalm: ‘I ran the way of Thy commandments when Thou didst enlarge my 
heart’;<note n="252" id="viii.xx-p2.9"><scripRef passage="Psalm 118:32" version="VUL" id="viii.xx-p2.10" parsed="vul|Ps|118|32|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.118.32">Psalm cxviii, 32</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 119:32" id="viii.xx-p2.11" parsed="|Ps|119|32|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.119.32">cxix, 32</scripRef>].</note> 
and thus from this sixth step the soul at once mounts to the seventh, which is that 
which follows.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xx-p3">2. The seventh step of this ladder makes the soul to become vehement in its boldness. 
Here love employs not its judgment in order to hope, nor does it take counsel so 
that it may draw back, neither can any shame restrain it; for the favour which God 
here grants to the soul causes it to become vehement in its boldness. Hence follows 
that which the Apostle says, namely: That charity believeth all things, hopeth all 
things and is capable of all things.<note n="253" id="viii.xx-p3.1"><scripRef passage="1Corinthians 13:7" id="viii.xx-p3.2" parsed="|1Cor|13|7|0|0" osisRef="Bible:1Cor.13.7">1 Corinthians xiii, 7</scripRef>.</note> 
Of this step spake Moses, when he entreated God to pardon the people, and if not, 
to blot out his name from the book of life wherein He had written it.<note n="254" id="viii.xx-p3.3"><scripRef passage="Exodus 32:31-32" id="viii.xx-p3.4" parsed="|Exod|32|31|32|32" osisRef="Bible:Exod.32.31-Exod.32.32">Exodus xxxii, 31-2</scripRef>.</note> 
Men like these obtain from God that which they beg of Him with desire. Wherefore 
David says: ‘Delight thou in God and He will give thee the petitions of thy heart.’<note n="255" id="viii.xx-p3.5"><scripRef passage="Psalm 36:4" version="VUL" id="viii.xx-p3.6" parsed="vul|Ps|36|4|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.36.4">Psalm xxxvi, 4</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 37:4" id="viii.xx-p3.7" parsed="|Ps|37|4|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.37.4">xxxvii, 4</scripRef>].</note> 
On this step the Bride grew bold, and said: <i>Osculetur me osculo oris sui</i>.<note n="256" id="viii.xx-p3.8"><scripRef passage="Canticles 1:1" id="viii.xx-p3.9" parsed="|Song|1|1|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Song.1.1">Canticles i, 1</scripRef>.</note> To 
this step it is not lawful for the soul to aspire boldly, unless it feel the interior 
favour of the King’s sceptre extended to it, lest perchance it fall from the other 
steps which it has mounted up to this point, and wherein it must ever possess itself 
in humility. From this daring and power which God grants to the soul on this seventh 
step, so that it may be bold with God in the vehemence of love, follows the eighth, 
which is that wherein it takes the Beloved captive and is united with Him, as follows.
</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xx-p4">3. The eighth step of love causes the soul to seize Him and hold Him fast without 
letting Him go, even as the Bride says, after this manner: ‘I found Him Whom my 
heart and soul love; I held Him and I will not let Him go.’<note n="257" id="viii.xx-p4.1"><scripRef passage="Canticles 3:4" id="viii.xx-p4.2" parsed="|Song|3|4|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Song.3.4">Canticles iii, 4</scripRef>.</note> 
On this step of union the soul satisfies her desire, but not continuously. Certain 
souls climb some way,<note n="258" id="viii.xx-p4.3">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘attain to setting their foot.’]</note> 
and then lose their hold; for, if this state were to continue, it would be glory 
itself in this life; and thus the soul remains therein for very short periods of 
time. To the prophet Daniel, because he was a man of desires, was sent a command 
from God to remain on this step, when it was said to him: ‘Daniel, stay upon thy 
step, because thou art a man of desires.’<note n="259" id="viii.xx-p4.4"><scripRef passage="Daniel 10:11" id="viii.xx-p4.5" parsed="|Dan|10|11|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Dan.10.11">Daniel x, 11</scripRef>.</note> 
After this step follows the ninth, which is that of souls now perfect, as we shall 
afterwards say, which is that that follows.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xx-p5">4. The ninth step of love makes the soul to burn with sweetness. This step is 
that of the perfect, who now burn sweetly in God. For this sweet and delectable 
ardour is caused in them by the Holy Spirit by reason of the union which they have 
with God. For this cause Saint Gregory says, concerning the Apostles, that when 
the Holy Spirit came upon them visibly they burned inwardly and sweetly through 
love.<note n="260" id="viii.xx-p5.1">‘<span lang="LA" id="viii.xx-p5.2">Dum Deum in ignis visione suscipiunt, per amorem suaviter 
arserunt</span>‘ (<i>Hom. XXX in Evang</i>.).</note> 
Of the good things and riches of God which the soul enjoys on this step, we cannot 
speak; for if many books were to be written concerning it the greater part would 
still remain untold. For this cause, and because we shall say something of it hereafter, 
I say no more here than that after this follows the tenth and last step of this 
ladder of love, which belongs not to this life.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xx-p6">5. The tenth and last step of this secret ladder of love causes the soul to become 
wholly assimilated to God, by reason of the clear and immediate<note n="261" id="viii.xx-p6.1">[i.e., direct, not mediate.]</note> 
vision of God which it then possesses; when, having ascended in this life to the 
ninth step, it goes forth from the flesh. These souls, who are few, enter not into 
purgatory, since they have already been wholly purged by love. Of these Saint Matthew 
says: <i>Beati mundo corde: quoniam ipsi Deum videbunt.</i><note n="262" id="viii.xx-p6.2"><scripRef passage="Matthew 5:8" id="viii.xx-p6.3" parsed="|Matt|5|8|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Matt.5.8">St. Matthew v, 8</scripRef>.</note> 
And, as we say, this vision is the cause of the perfect likeness of the soul to 
God, for, as Saint John says, we know that we shall be like Him.<note n="263" id="viii.xx-p6.4"><scripRef passage="John 3:2" id="viii.xx-p6.5" parsed="|John|3|2|0|0" osisRef="Bible:John.3.2">St. John iii, 2</scripRef>.</note> 
Not because the soul will come to have the capacity of God, for that is impossible; 
but because all that it is will become like to God, for which cause it will be called, 
and will be, God by participation.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xx-p7">6. This is the secret ladder whereof the soul here speaks, although upon these 
higher steps it is no longer very secret to the soul, since much is revealed to 
it by love, through the great effects which love produces in it. But, on this last 
step of clear vision, which is the last step of the ladder whereon God leans, as 
we have said already, there is naught that is hidden from the soul, by reason of 
its complete assimilation. Wherefore Our Saviour says: ‘In that day ye shall ask 
Me nothing,’ etc.<note n="264" id="viii.xx-p7.1"><scripRef passage="John 16:23" id="viii.xx-p7.2" parsed="|John|16|23|0|0" osisRef="Bible:John.16.23">St. John xvi, 23</scripRef>.</note> 
But, until that day, however high a point the soul may reach, there remains something 
hidden from it—namely, all that it lacks for total assimilation in the Divine Essence. 
After this manner, by this mystical theology and secret love, the soul continues 
to rise above all things and above itself, and to mount upward to God. For love 
is like fire, which ever rises upward with the desire to be absorbed in the centre 
of its sphere.</p>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter XXI. Which explains the word ‘disguised,’ and describes the colours of the disguise  of the soul in this night." progress="89.24%" prev="viii.xx" next="viii.xxii" id="viii.xxi">
<h2 id="viii.xxi-p0.1">CHAPTER XXI </h2>
<blockquote id="viii.xxi-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.xxi-p1"><i>Which explains the word ‘disguised,’ and describes the colours of the disguise 
of the soul in this night.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="viii.xxi-p2">Now that we have explained the reasons why the soul called this contemplation 
a ’secret ladder,’ it remains for us to explain likewise the word ‘disguised,’ and 
the reason why the soul says also that it went forth by this ’secret ladder’ in 
’ disguise.’</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xxi-p3">2. For the understanding of this it must be known that to disguise oneself is 
naught else but to hide and cover oneself beneath another garb and figure than one’s 
own—sometimes in order to show forth, under that garb or figure, the will and purpose 
which is in the heart to gain the grace and will of one who is greatly loved; sometimes, 
again, to hide oneself from one’s rivals and thus to accomplish one’s object better. 
At such times a man assumes the garments and livery which best represent and indicate 
the affection of his heart and which best conceal him from his rivals.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xxi-p4">3. The soul, then, touched with the love of Christ the Spouse, and longing to 
attain to His grace and gain His goodwill, goes forth here disguised with that disguise 
which most vividly represents the affections of its spirit and which will protect 
it most securely on its journey from its adversaries and enemies, which are the 
devil, the world and the flesh. Thus the livery which it wears is of three chief 
colours—white, green and purple—denoting the three theological virtues, faith, 
hope and charity. By these the soul will not only gain the grace and goodwill of 
its Beloved, but it will travel in security and complete protection from its three 
enemies: for faith is an inward tunic of a whiteness so pure that it completely 
dazzles the eyes of the understanding.<note n="265" id="viii.xxi-p4.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘that it dislocates the sight of all understanding.’]</note> 
And thus, when the soul journeys in its vestment of faith, the devil can neither 
see it nor succeed in harming it, since it is well protected by faith—more so than 
by all the other virtues—against the devil, who is at once the strongest and the 
most cunning of enemies.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xxi-p5">4. It is clear that Saint Peter could find no better protection than faith to 
save him from the devil, when he said: <i>Cui resistite fortes in fide</i>.<note n="266" id="viii.xxi-p5.1"><scripRef passage="1Peter 5:9" id="viii.xxi-p5.2" parsed="|1Pet|5|9|0|0" osisRef="Bible:1Pet.5.9">1 St. Peter v, 9</scripRef>.</note> And 
in order to gain the grace of the Beloved, and union with Him, the soul cannot put 
on a better vest and tunic,<note n="267" id="viii.xxi-p5.3">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘a better undershirt and tunic.’]</note> 
to serve as a foundation and beginning of the other vestments of the virtues, than 
this white garment<note n="268" id="viii.xxi-p5.4">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘this whiteness.’]</note> 
of faith, for without it, as the Apostle says, it is impossible to please God, and 
with it, it is impossible to fail to please Him. For He Himself says through a prophet:
<i>Sponsabo te mihi in fide</i>.<note n="269" id="viii.xxi-p5.5"><scripRef passage="Hosea 2:20" id="viii.xxi-p5.6" parsed="|Hos|2|20|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Hos.2.20">Osee, ii, 20</scripRef>.</note> Which 
is as much as to say: If thou desirest, O soul, to be united and betrothed to Me, 
thou must come inwardly clad in faith.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xxi-p6">5. This white garment of faith was worn by the soul on its going forth from this 
dark night, when, walking in interior constraint and darkness, as we have said before, 
it received no aid, in the form of light, from its understanding, neither from above, 
since Heaven seemed to be closed to it and God hidden from it, nor from below, since 
those that taught it satisfied it not. It suffered with constancy and persevered, 
passing through those trials without fainting or failing the Beloved, Who in trials 
and tribulations proves the faith of His Bride, so that afterwards she may truly 
repeat this saying of David, namely: ‘By the words of Thy lips I kept hard ways.’<note n="270" id="viii.xxi-p6.1"><scripRef passage="Psalm 16:4" id="viii.xxi-p6.2" parsed="|Ps|16|4|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.16.4">Psalm xvi, 4</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 17:4" id="viii.xxi-p6.3" parsed="|Ps|17|4|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.17.4">xvii, 4</scripRef>].</note></p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xxi-p7">6. Next, over this white tunic of faith the soul now puts on the second colour, 
which is a green vestment. By this, as we said, is signified the virtue of hope, 
wherewith, as in the first case, the soul is delivered and protected from the second 
enemy, which is the world. For this green colour of living hope in God gives the 
soul such ardour and courage and aspiration to the things of eternal life that, 
by comparison with what it hopes for therein, all things of the world seem to it 
to be, as in truth they are, dry and faded and dead and nothing worth. The soul 
now divests and strips itself of all these worldly vestments and garments, setting 
its heart upon naught that is in the world and hoping for naught, whether of that 
which is or of that which is to be, but living clad only in the hope of eternal 
life. Wherefore, when the heart is thus lifted up above the world, not only can 
the world neither touch the heart nor lay hold on it, but it cannot even come within 
sight of it.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xxi-p8">7. And thus, in this green livery and disguise, the soul journeys in complete 
security from this second enemy, which is the world. For Saint Paul speaks of hope 
as the helmet of salvation<note n="271" id="viii.xxi-p8.1"><scripRef passage="1Thessalonians 5:8" id="viii.xxi-p8.2" parsed="|1Thess|5|8|0|0" osisRef="Bible:1Thess.5.8">1 Thessalonians v, 8</scripRef>.</note>—that 
is, a piece of armour that protects the whole head, and covers it so that there 
remains uncovered only a visor through which it may look. And hope has this property, 
that it covers all the senses of the head of the soul, so that there is naught soever 
pertaining to the world in which they can be immersed, nor is there an opening through 
which any arrow of the world can wound them. It has a visor, however, which the 
soul is permitted to use so that its eyes may look upward, but nowhere else; for 
this is the function which hope habitually performs in the soul, namely, the directing 
of its eyes upwards to look at God alone, even as David declared that his eyes were 
directed, when he said: <i>Oculi mei semper ad Dominum</i>.<note n="272" id="viii.xxi-p8.3"><scripRef passage="Psalm 24:15" version="VUL" id="viii.xxi-p8.4" parsed="vul|Ps|24|15|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.24.15">Psalm xxiv, 15</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 25:15" id="viii.xxi-p8.5" parsed="|Ps|25|15|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.25.15">xxv, 15</scripRef>].</note> He 
hoped for no good thing elsewhere, save as he himself says in another Psalm: ‘Even 
as the eyes of the handmaid are set upon the hands of her mistress, even so are 
our eyes set upon our Lord God, until He have mercy upon us as we hope in Him.’<note n="273" id="viii.xxi-p8.6"><scripRef passage="Psalm 122:2" version="VUL" id="viii.xxi-p8.7" parsed="vul|Ps|122|2|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Ps.122.2">Psalm cxxii, 2</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 123:2" id="viii.xxi-p8.8" parsed="|Ps|123|2|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Ps.123.2">cxxiii, 2</scripRef>].</note></p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xxi-p9">8. For this reason, because of this green livery (since the soul is ever looking 
to God and sets its eyes on naught else, neither is pleased with aught save with 
Him alone), the Beloved has such great pleasure with the soul that it is true to 
say that the soul obtains from Him as much as it hopes for from Him. Wherefore the 
Spouse in the Songs tells the Bride that, by looking upon Him with one eye alone, 
she has wounded His heart.<note n="274" id="viii.xxi-p9.1"><scripRef passage="Canticles 4:9" id="viii.xxi-p9.2" parsed="|Song|4|9|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Song.4.9">Canticles iv, 9</scripRef>.</note> 
Without this green livery of hope in God alone it would be impossible for the soul 
to go forth to encompass this loving achievement, for it would have no success, 
since that which moves and conquers is the importunity of hope.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xxi-p10">9. With this livery of hope the soul journeys in disguise through this secret 
and dark night whereof we have spoken; for it is so completely voided of every possession 
and support that it fixes its eyes and its care upon naught but God, putting its 
mouth in the dust,<note n="275" id="viii.xxi-p10.1"><scripRef passage="Lamentations 3:29" id="viii.xxi-p10.2" parsed="|Lam|3|29|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Lam.3.29">Lamentations iii, 29</scripRef>.</note> 
if so be there may be hope—to repeat the quotation made above from Jeremias.<note n="276" id="viii.xxi-p10.3"><i>Ibid</i>. [For the quotation, see Bk. II, chap. viii, 
sect. 1, above.]</note></p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xxi-p11">10. Over the white and the green vestments, as the crown and perfection of this 
disguise and livery, the soul now puts on the third colour, which is a splendid 
garment of purple. By this is denoted the third virtue, which is charity. This not 
only adds grace to the other two colours, but causes the soul to rise to so lofty 
a point that it is brought near to God, and becomes very beautiful and pleasing 
to Him, so that it makes bold to say: ‘Albeit I am black, O daughters of Jerusalem, 
I am comely; wherefore the King hath loved me and hath brought me into His chambers.’<note n="277" id="viii.xxi-p11.1"><scripRef passage="Canticles 1:3" version="VUL" id="viii.xxi-p11.2" parsed="vul|Song|1|3|0|0" osisRef="Bible.vul:Song.1.3">Canticles i, 3</scripRef>. [A.V., <scripRef passage="Canticles 1:4" id="viii.xxi-p11.3" parsed="|Song|1|4|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Song.1.4">i, 4</scripRef>.] [For ‘chambers’ the Spanish 
has ‘bed.’]</note> 
This livery of charity, which is that of love, and causes greater love in the Beloved, 
not only protects the soul and hides it from the third enemy, which is the flesh 
(for where there is true love of God there enters neither love of self nor that 
of the things of self), but even gives worth to the other virtues, bestowing on 
them vigour and strength to protect the soul, and grace and beauty to please the 
Beloved with them, for without charity no virtue has grace before God. This is the 
purple which is spoken of in the Songs,<note n="278" id="viii.xxi-p11.4"><scripRef passage="Canticles 3:10" id="viii.xxi-p11.5" parsed="|Song|3|10|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Song.3.10">Canticles iii, 10</scripRef>.</note> 
upon which God reclines. Clad in this purple livery the soul journeys when (as has 
been explained above in the first stanza) it goes forth from itself in the dark 
night, and from all things created, ‘kindled in love with yearnings,’ by this secret 
ladder of contemplation, to the perfect union of love of God, its beloved salvation.<note n="279" id="viii.xxi-p11.6">[Or ‘health.’]</note></p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xxi-p12">11. This, then, is the disguise which the soul says that it wears in the night 
of faith, upon this secret ladder, and these are its three colours. They constitute 
a most fit preparation for the union of the soul with God, according to its three 
faculties, which are understanding, memory and will. For faith voids and darkens 
the understanding as to all its natural intelligence, and herein prepares it for 
union with Divine Wisdom. Hope voids and withdraws the memory from all creature 
possessions; for, as Saint Paul says, hope is for that which is not possessed;<note n="280" id="viii.xxi-p12.1"><scripRef passage="Romans 8:24" id="viii.xxi-p12.2" parsed="|Rom|8|24|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Rom.8.24">Romans viii, 24</scripRef>.</note> 
and thus it withdraws the memory from that which it is capable of possessing, and 
sets it on that for which it hopes. And for this cause hope in God alone prepares 
the memory purely for union with God. Charity, in the same way, voids and annihilates 
the affections and desires of the will for whatever is not God, and sets them upon 
Him alone; and thus this virtue prepares this faculty and unites it with God through 
love. And thus, since the function of these virtues is the withdrawal of the soul 
from all that is less than God, their function is consequently that of joining it 
with God.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xxi-p13">12. And thus, unless it journeys earnestly, clad in the garments of these three 
virtues, it is impossible for the soul to attain to the perfection of union with 
God through love. Wherefore, in order that the soul might attain that which it desired, 
which was this loving and delectable union with its Beloved, this disguise and clothing 
which it assumed was most necessary and convenient. And likewise to have succeeded 
in thus clothing itself and persevering until it should obtain the end and aspiration 
which it had so much desired, which was the union of love, was a great and happy 
chance, wherefore in this line the soul also says:</p>

<blockquote id="viii.xxi-p13.1">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.xxi-p14"><i>Oh, happy chance!</i></p></blockquote>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter XXII. Explains the third line of the second stanza." progress="92.42%" prev="viii.xxi" next="viii.xxiii" id="viii.xxii">
<h2 id="viii.xxii-p0.1">CHAPTER XXII</h2>
<blockquote id="viii.xxii-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.xxii-p1"><i>Explains the third</i><note n="281" id="viii.xxii-p1.1">i.e., in the original Spanish and in our verse rendering 
of the poem in <i>The Complete Works of St. John of the Cross</i>, Ed. by E. Allison 
Peers, Vol. II (The Newman Press, Westminster, Md.).</note><i> line of the second stanza.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="viii.xxii-p2">IT is very clear that it was a happy chance for this soul to go forth with such 
an enterprise as this, for it was its going forth that delivered it from the devil 
and from the world and from its own sensuality, as we have said. Having attained 
liberty of spirit, so precious and so greatly desired by all, it went forth from 
low things to high; from terrestrial, it became celestial; from human, Divine. Thus 
it came to have its conversation in the heavens, as has the soul in this state of 
perfection, even as we shall go on to say in what follows, although with rather 
more brevity.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xxii-p3">2. For the most important part of my task, and the part which chiefly led me 
to undertake it, was the explanation of this night to many souls who pass through 
it and yet know nothing about it, as was said in the prologue. Now this explanation 
and exposition has already been half completed. Although much less has been said 
of it than might be said, we have shown how many are the blessings which the soul 
bears with it through the night and how happy is the chance whereby it passes through 
it, so that, when a soul is terrified by the horror of so many trials, it is also 
encouraged by the certain hope of so many and such precious blessings of God as 
it gains therein. And furthermore, for yet another reason, this was a happy chance 
for the soul; and this reason is given in the following line:</p>
<blockquote id="viii.xxii-p3.1">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.xxii-p4"><i>In darkness and in concealment.</i></p></blockquote>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter XXIII. Expounds the fourth line and describes the wondrous hiding place wherein the soul is set during this  night. Shows how, although the devil has an entrance into other places that  are very high, he has none into this." progress="92.94%" prev="viii.xxii" next="viii.xxiv" id="viii.xxiii">
<h2 id="viii.xxiii-p0.1">CHAPTER XXIII </h2>
<blockquote id="viii.xxiii-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.xxiii-p1"><i>Expounds the fourth line</i><note n="282" id="viii.xxiii-p1.1">i.e., in the original Spanish and in our verse rendering 
of the poem in <i>The Complete Works of St. John of the Cross</i>, Ed. by E. Allison 
Peers, Vol. II (The Newman Press, Westminster, Md.).</note><i> and describes the wondrous hiding place wherein the soul is set during this 
night. Shows how, although the devil has an entrance into other places that 
are very high, he has none into this.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="viii.xxiii-p2">‘IN concealment’ is as much as to say ‘in a hiding-place,’ or ‘in hiding’; and 
thus, what the soul here says (namely, that it went forth ‘in darkness and in concealment’) 
is a more complete explanation of the great security which it describes itself in 
the first line of the stanza as possessing, by means of this dark contemplation 
upon the road of the union of the love of God.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xxiii-p3">2. When the soul, then, says ‘in darkness and in concealment,’ it means that, 
inasmuch as it journeyed in darkness after the manner aforementioned, it went in 
hiding and in concealment from the devil and from his wiles and stratagems. The 
reason why, as it journeys in the darkness of this contemplation, the soul is free, 
and is hidden from the stratagems of the devil, is that the infused contemplation 
which it here possesses is infused into it passively and secretly, without the knowledge 
of the senses and faculties, whether interior or exterior, of the sensual part. 
And hence it follows that, not only does it journey in hiding, and is free from 
the impediment which these faculties can set in its way because of its natural weakness, 
but likewise from the devil; who, except through these faculties of the sensual 
part, cannot reach or know that which is in the soul, nor that which is taking place 
within it. Wherefore, the more spiritual, the more interior and the more remote 
from the senses is the communication, the farther does the devil fall short of understanding 
it.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xxiii-p4">3. And thus it is of great importance for the security of the soul that its inward 
communication with God should be of such a kind that its very senses of the lower 
part will remain in darkness<note n="283" id="viii.xxiii-p4.1">[The Spanish also admits of the rendering: ‘remain shut 
off from it by darkness.’]</note> 
and be without knowledge of it, and attain not to it: first, so that it may be possible 
for the spiritual communication to be more abundant, and that the weakness of its 
sensual part may not hinder the liberty of its spirit; secondly because, as we say, 
the soul journeys more securely since the devil cannot penetrate so far. In this 
way we may understand that passage where Our Saviour, speaking in a spiritual sense, 
says: ‘Let not thy left hand know what thy right hand doeth.’<note n="284" id="viii.xxiii-p4.2"><scripRef passage="Matthew 6:3" id="viii.xxiii-p4.3" parsed="|Matt|6|3|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Matt.6.3">Matthew vi, 3</scripRef>.</note> 
Which is as though He had said: Let not thy left hand know that which takes place 
upon thy right hand, which is the higher and spiritual part of the soul; that is, 
let it be of such a kind that the lower portion of thy soul, which is the sensual 
part, may not attain to it; let it be a secret between the spirit and God alone.
</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xxiii-p5">4. It is quite true that oftentimes, when these very intimate and secret spiritual 
communications are present and take place in the soul, although the devil cannot 
get to know of what kind and manner they are, yet the great repose and silence which 
some of them cause in the senses and the faculties of the sensual part make it clear 
to him that they are taking place and that the soul is receiving a certain blessing 
from them. And then, as he sees that he cannot succeed in thwarting them in the 
depth of the soul, he does what he can to disturb and disquiet the sensual part—that 
part to which he is able to attain—now by means of afflictions, now by terrors 
and fears, with intent to disquiet and disturb the higher and spiritual part of 
the soul by this means, with respect to that blessing which it then receives and 
enjoys. But often, when the communication of such contemplation makes its naked 
assault upon the soul and exerts its strength upon it, the devil, with all his diligence, 
is unable to disturb it; rather the soul receives a new and a greater advantage 
and a securer peace. For, when it feels the disturbing presence of the enemy, then—wondrous 
thing!—without knowing how it comes to pass, and without any efforts of its own, 
it enters farther into its own interior depths, feeling that it is indeed being 
set in a sure refuge, where it perceives itself to be most completely withdrawn 
and hidden from the enemy. And thus its peace and joy, which the devil is attempting 
to take from it, are increased; and all the fear that assails it remains without; 
and it becomes clearly and exultingly conscious of its secure enjoyment of that 
quiet peace and sweetness of the hidden Spouse, which neither the world nor the 
devil can give it or take from it. In that state, therefore, it realizes the truth 
of the words of the Bride about this, in the Songs, namely: ’see how threescore 
strong men surround the bed of Solomon, etc., because of the fears of the night.’<note n="285" id="viii.xxiii-p5.1"><scripRef passage="Canticles 3:7-8" id="viii.xxiii-p5.2" parsed="|Song|3|7|3|8" osisRef="Bible:Song.3.7-Song.3.8">Canticles iii, 7-8</scripRef>.</note> 
It is conscious of this strength and peace, although it is often equally conscious 
that its flesh and bones are being tormented from without.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xxiii-p6">5. At other times, when the spiritual communication is not made in any great 
measure to the spirit, but the senses have a part therein, the devil more easily 
succeeds in disturbing the spirit and raising a tumult within it, by means of the 
senses, with these terrors. Great are the torment and the affliction which are then 
caused in the spirit; at times they exceed all that can be expressed. For, when 
there is a naked contact of spirit with spirit, the horror is intolerable which 
the evil spirit causes in the good spirit (I mean, in the soul), when its tumult 
reaches it. This is expressed likewise by the Bride in the Songs, when she says 
that it has happened thus to her at a time when she wished to descend to interior 
recollection in order to have fruition of these blessings. She says: ‘I went down 
into the garden of nuts to see the apples of the valleys, and if the vine had flourished. 
I knew not; my soul troubled me because of the chariots’—that is, because of the 
chariots and the noise of Aminadab, which is the devil.<note n="286" id="viii.xxiii-p6.1"><scripRef passage="Canticles 6:10" id="viii.xxiii-p6.2" parsed="|Song|6|10|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Song.6.10">Canticles vi, 10</scripRef> [A.V., <scripRef passage="Psalm 6:11-12" id="viii.xxiii-p6.3" parsed="|Ps|6|11|6|12" osisRef="Bible:Ps.6.11-Ps.6.12">vi, 11-12</scripRef>].</note></p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xxiii-p7">6. At other times it comes to pass that the devil is occasionally able to see 
certain favours which God is pleased to grant the soul when they are bestowed upon 
it by the mediation of a good angel; for of those favours which come through a good 
angel God habitually allows the enemy to have knowledge: partly so that he may do 
that which he can against them according to the measure of justice, and that thus 
he may not be able to allege with truth that no opportunity is given him for conquering 
the soul, as he said concerning Job.<note n="287" id="viii.xxiii-p7.1"><scripRef passage="Job 1:1-11" id="viii.xxiii-p7.2" parsed="|Job|1|1|1|11" osisRef="Bible:Job.1.1-Job.1.11">Job i, 1-11</scripRef>.</note> 
This would be the case if God allowed not a certain equality between the two warriors—namely, 
the good angel and the bad—when they strive for the soul, so that the victory of 
either may be of the greater worth, and the soul that is victorious and faithful 
in temptation may be the more abundantly rewarded.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xxiii-p8">7. We must observe, therefore, that it is for this reason that, in proportion 
as God is guiding the soul and communing with it, He gives the devil leave to act 
with it after this manner. When the soul has genuine visions by the instrumentality 
of the good angel (for it is by this instrumentality that they habitually come, 
even though Christ reveal Himself, for He scarcely ever appears<note n="288" id="viii.xxiii-p8.1">Such is the unanimous opinion of theologians. Some, 
with St. Thomas (Pt. III, q. 57, a. 6), suppose that the appearance which converted 
St. Paul near Damascus was that of Our Lord Jesus Christ in person.</note> 
in His actual person), God also gives the wicked angel leave to present to the soul 
false visions of this very type in such a way that the soul which is not cautious 
may easily be deceived by their outward appearance, as many souls have been. Of 
this there is a figure in Exodus,<note n="289" id="viii.xxiii-p8.2"><scripRef passage="Exodus 7:11-22" id="viii.xxiii-p8.3" parsed="|Exod|7|11|7|22" osisRef="Bible:Exod.7.11-Exod.7.22">Exodus vii, 11-22</scripRef>; <scripRef passage="Exodus 8:7" id="viii.xxiii-p8.4" parsed="|Exod|8|7|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Exod.8.7">viii, 7</scripRef>.</note> 
where it is said that all the genuine signs that Moses wrought were wrought likewise 
in appearance by the magicians of Pharaoh. If he brought forth frogs, they brought 
them forth likewise; if he turned water into blood, they did the same.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xxiii-p9">8. And not only does the evil one imitate God in this type of bodily vision, 
but he also imitates and interferes in spiritual communications which come through 
the instrumentality of an angel, when he succeeds in seeing them, as we say (for, 
as Job said<note n="290" id="viii.xxiii-p9.1"><scripRef passage="Job 41:25" id="viii.xxiii-p9.2" parsed="|Job|41|25|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Job.41.25">Job xli, 25</scripRef>.</note>:
<i><span lang="LA" id="viii.xxiii-p9.3">Omne sublime videt</span></i>). These, however, as they are without form and figure 
(for it is the nature of spirit to have no such thing), he cannot imitate and counterfeit 
like those others which are presented under some species or figure. And thus, in 
order to attack the soul, in the same way as that wherein it is being visited, his 
fearful spirit presents a similar vision in order to attack and destroy spiritual 
things by spiritual. When this comes to pass just as the good angel is about to 
communicate spiritual contemplation to the soul, it is impossible for the soul to 
shelter itself in the secrecy and hiding-place of contemplation with sufficient 
rapidity not to be observed by the devil; and thus he appears to it and produces 
a certain horror and perturbation of spirit which at times is most distressing to 
the soul. Sometimes the soul can speedily free itself from him, so that there is 
no opportunity for the aforementioned horror of the evil spirit to make an impression 
on it; and it becomes recollected within itself, being favoured, to this end, by 
the effectual spiritual grace that the good angel then communicates to it.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xxiii-p10">9. At other times the devil prevails and encompasses the soul with a perturbation 
and horror which is a greater affliction to it than any torment in this life could 
be. For, as this horrible communication passes direct from spirit to spirit, in 
something like nakedness and clearly distinguished from all that is corporeal, it 
is grievous beyond what every sense can feel; and this lasts in the spirit for some 
time, yet not for long, for otherwise the spirit would be driven forth from the 
flesh by the vehement communication of the other spirit. Afterwards there remains 
to it the memory thereof, which is sufficient to cause it great affliction.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xxiii-p11">10. All that we have here described comes to pass in the soul passively, without 
its doing or undoing anything of itself with respect to it. But in this connection 
it must be known that, when the good angel permits the devil to gain this advantage 
of assailing the soul with this spiritual horror, he does it to purify the soul 
and to prepare it by means of this spiritual vigil for some great spiritual favour 
and festival which he desires to grant it, for he never mortifies save to give life, 
nor humbles save to exalt, which comes to pass shortly afterwards. Then, according 
as was the dark and horrible purgation which the soul suffered, so is the fruition 
now granted it of a wondrous and delectable spiritual contemplation, sometimes so 
lofty that there is no language to describe it. But the spirit has been greatly 
refined by the preceding horror of the evil spirit, in order that it may be able 
to receive this blessing; for these spiritual visions belong to the next life rather 
than to this, and when one of them is seen this is a preparation for the next.
</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xxiii-p12">11. This is to be understood with respect to occasions when God visits the soul 
by the instrumentality of a good angel, wherein, as has been said, the soul is not 
so totally in darkness and in concealment that the enemy cannot come within reach 
of it. But, when God Himself visits it, then the words of this line are indeed fulfilled, 
and it is in total darkness and in concealment from the enemy that the soul receives 
these spiritual favours of God. The reason for this is that, as His Majesty dwells 
substantially in the soul, where neither angel nor devil can attain to an understanding 
of that which comes to pass, they cannot know the intimate and secret communications 
which take place there between the soul and God. These communications, since the 
Lord Himself works them, are wholly Divine and sovereign, for they are all substantial 
touches of Divine union between the soul and God; in one of which the soul receives 
a greater blessing than in all the rest, since this is the loftiest degree<note n="291" id="viii.xxiii-p12.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ’step.’ Cf. Bk. II, chap. xix, first note, 
above.]</note> 
of prayer in existence.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xxiii-p13">12. For these are the touches that the Bride entreated of Him in the Songs, saying:
<i><span lang="LA" id="viii.xxiii-p13.1">Osculetur me osculo oris sui</span></i>.<note n="292" id="viii.xxiii-p13.2"><scripRef passage="Canticles 1:1" id="viii.xxiii-p13.3" parsed="|Song|1|1|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Song.1.1">Canticles i, 1</scripRef>.</note> Since 
this is a thing which takes place in such close intimacy with God, whereto the soul 
desires with such yearnings to attain, it esteems and longs for a touch of this 
Divinity more than all the other favours that God grants it. Wherefore, after many 
such favours have been granted to the Bride in the said Songs, of which she has 
sung therein, she is not satisfied, but entreats Him for these Divine touches, saying: 
’ Who shall give Thee to me, my brother, that I might find Thee alone without, sucking 
the breasts of my mother, so that I might kiss Thee with the mouth of my soul, and 
that thus no man should despise me or make bold to attack me.’<note n="293" id="viii.xxiii-p13.4"><scripRef passage="Canticles 8:1" id="viii.xxiii-p13.5" parsed="|Song|8|1|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Song.8.1">Canticles viii, 1</scripRef>.</note> 
By this she denotes the communication which God Himself alone makes to her, as we 
are saying, far from all the creatures and without their knowledge, for this is 
meant by ‘alone and without, sucking, etc.’—that is, drying up and draining the 
breasts of the desires and affections of the sensual part of the soul. This takes 
place when the soul, in intimate peace and delight, has fruition of these blessings, 
with liberty of spirit, and without the sensual part being able to hinder it, or 
the devil to thwart it by means thereof. And then the devil would not make bold 
to attack it, for he would not reach it, neither could he attain to an understanding 
of these Divine touches in the substance of the soul in the loving substance of 
God.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xxiii-p14">13. To this blessing none attains save through intimate purgation and detachment 
and spiritual concealment from all that is creature; it comes to pass in the darkness, 
as we have already explained at length and as we say with respect to this line. 
The soul is in concealment and in hiding, in the which hiding-place, as we have 
now said, it continues to be strengthened in union with God through love, wherefore 
it sings this in the same phrase, saying: ‘In darkness and in concealment.’</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xxiii-p15">14. When it comes to pass that those favours are granted to the soul in concealment 
(that is, as we have said, in spirit only), the soul is wont, during some of them, 
and without knowing how this comes to pass, to see itself so far withdrawn and 
separated according to the higher and spiritual part, from the sensual and lower 
portion, that it recognizes in itself two parts so distinct from each other that 
it believes that the one has naught to do with the other, but that the one is very 
remote and far withdrawn from the other. And in reality, in a certain way, this 
is so; for the operation is now wholly spiritual, and the soul receives no communication 
in its sensual part. In this way the soul gradually becomes wholly spiritual; and 
in this hiding-place of unitive contemplation its spiritual desires and passions 
are to a great degree removed and purged away. And thus, speaking of its higher 
part, the soul then says in this last line:</p>
<blockquote id="viii.xxiii-p15.1">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.xxiii-p16"><i>My house being now at rest.</i><note n="294" id="viii.xxiii-p16.1">The word translated ‘at rest’ is a past participle: 
more literally, ’stilled.’</note></p></blockquote>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter XXIV. Completes the explanation of the second stanza." progress="97.73%" prev="viii.xxiii" next="viii.xxv" id="viii.xxiv">
<h2 id="viii.xxiv-p0.1">CHAPTER XXIV </h2>
<blockquote id="viii.xxiv-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.xxiv-p1"><i>Completes the explanation of the second stanza.</i></p></blockquote>

<p class="normal" id="viii.xxiv-p2">THIS is as much as to say: The higher portion of my soul being like the lower 
part also, at rest with respect to its desires and faculties, I went forth to the 
Divine union of the love of God.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xxiv-p3">2. Inasmuch as, by means of that war of the dark night, as has been said, the 
soul is combated and purged after two manners—namely, according to its sensual 
and its spiritual part—with its senses, faculties and passions, so likewise after 
two manners—namely, according to these two parts, the sensual and the spiritual—with 
all its faculties and desires, the soul attains to an enjoyment of peace and rest. 
For this reason, as has likewise been said, the soul twice pronounces this line—namely,<note n="295" id="viii.xxiv-p3.1">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘twice repeats’—a loosely used phrase.]</note> 
in this stanza and in the last—because of these two portions of the soul, the spiritual 
and the sensual, which, in order that they may go forth to the Divine union of love, 
must needs first be reformed, ordered and tranquillized with respect to the sensual 
and to the spiritual, according to the nature of the state of innocence which was 
Adam’s.<note n="296" id="viii.xxiv-p3.2">H omits this last phrase, which is found in all the 
other Codices, and in e.p. The latter adds: ‘notwithstanding that the soul is not 
wholly free from the temptations of the lower part.’ The addition is made so that 
the teaching of the Saint may not be confused with that of the Illuminists, who 
supposed the contemplative in union to be impeccable, do what he might. The Saint’s 
meaning is that for the mystical union of the soul with God such purity and tranquillity 
of senses and faculties are needful that his condition resembles that state of innocence 
in which Adam was created, but without the attribute of impeccability, which does 
not necessarily accompany union, nor can be attained by any, save by a most special 
privilege of God. Cf. St. Teresa’s <i>Interior Castle</i>, VII, ii. St. Teresa will 
be found occasionally to explain points of mystical doctrine which St. John of the 
Cross takes as being understood.</note> 
And thus this line which, in the first stanza, was understood of the repose of the 
lower and sensual portion, is, in this second stanza, understood more particularly 
of the higher and spiritual part; for which reason it is repeated.<note n="297" id="viii.xxiv-p3.3">[<i>Lit.</i>, ‘twice repeated.’]</note></p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xxiv-p4">3. This repose and quiet of this spiritual house the soul comes to attain, habitually 
and perfectly (in so far as the condition of this life allows), by means of the 
acts of the substantial touches of Divine union whereof we have just spoken; which, 
in concealment, and hidden from the perturbation of the devil, and of its own senses 
and passions, the soul has been receiving from the Divinity, wherein it has been 
purifying itself, as I say, resting, strengthening and confirming itself in order 
to be able to receive the said union once and for all, which is the Divine betrothal 
between the soul and the Son of God. As soon as these two houses of the soul have 
together become tranquillized and strengthened, with all their domestics—namely, 
the faculties and desires—and have put these domestics to sleep and made them to 
be silent with respect to all things, both above and below, this Divine Wisdom immediately 
unites itself with the soul by making a new bond of loving possession, and there 
is fulfilled that which is written in the Book of Wisdom, in these words: <i><span lang="LA" id="viii.xxiv-p4.1">Dum 
quietum silentium contineret omnia, et nox in suo cursu medium iter haberet, omnipotens 
sermo tuus Domine a regalibus sedibus</span></i>.<note n="298" id="viii.xxiv-p4.2"><scripRef passage="Wisdom 18:14" id="viii.xxiv-p4.3" parsed="|Wis|18|14|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Wis.18.14">Wisdom xviii, 14</scripRef>.</note> The 
same thing is described by the Bride in the Songs,<note n="299" id="viii.xxiv-p4.4"><scripRef passage="Canticles 5:7" id="viii.xxiv-p4.5" parsed="|Song|5|7|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Song.5.7">Canticles v, 7</scripRef>.</note> 
where she says that, after she had passed by those who stripped her of her mantle 
by night and wounded her, she found Him Whom her soul loved.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xxiv-p5">4. The soul cannot come to this union without great purity, and this purity is 
not gained without great detachment from every created thing and sharp mortification. 
This is signified by the stripping of the Bride of her mantle and by her being wounded 
by night as she sought and went after the Spouse; for the new mantle which belonged 
to the betrothal could not be put on until the old mantle was stripped off. Wherefore, 
he that refuses to go forth in the night aforementioned to seek the Beloved, and 
to be stripped of his own will and to be mortified, but seeks Him upon his bed and 
at his own convenience, as did the Bride,<note n="300" id="viii.xxiv-p5.1"><scripRef passage="Canticles 3:1" id="viii.xxiv-p5.2" parsed="|Song|3|1|0|0" osisRef="Bible:Song.3.1">Canticles iii, 1</scripRef>.</note> 
will not succeed in finding Him. For this soul says of itself that it found Him 
by going forth in the dark and with yearnings of love.</p>

</div2>

<div2 title="Chapter XXV. Wherein is expounded the third stanza." progress="99.14%" prev="viii.xxiv" next="ix" id="viii.xxv">
<h2 id="viii.xxv-p0.1">CHAPTER XXV</h2>
<blockquote id="viii.xxv-p0.2">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.xxv-p1"><i>Wherein is expounded the third stanza.</i></p></blockquote>

<blockquote id="viii.xxv-p1.1">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.xxv-p2"><i>In the happy night, In secret, when none saw me,</i> <i>Nor I beheld aught, 
Without light or guide, save that which burned in my heart.</i></p></blockquote>

<h2 id="viii.xxv-p2.1">EXPOSITION</h2>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xxv-p3">THE soul still continues the metaphor and similitude of temporal night in describing 
this its spiritual night, and continues to sing and extol the good properties which 
belong to it, and which in passing through this night it found and used, to the 
end that it might attain its desired goal with speed and security. Of these properties 
it here sets down three.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xxv-p4">2. The first, it says, is that in this happy night of contemplation God leads 
the soul by a manner of contemplation so solitary and secret, so remote and far 
distant from sense, that naught pertaining to it, nor any touch of created things, 
succeeds in approaching the soul in such a way as to disturb it and detain it on 
the road of the union of love.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xxv-p5">3. The second property whereof it speaks pertains to the spiritual darkness of 
this night, wherein all the faculties of the higher part of the soul are in darkness. 
The soul sees naught, neither looks at aught neither stays in aught that is not 
God, to the end that it may reach Him, inasmuch as it journeys unimpeded by obstacles 
of forms and figures, and of natural apprehensions, which are those that are wont 
to hinder the soul from uniting with the eternal Being of God.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xxv-p6">4. The third is that, although as it journeys it is supported by no particular 
interior light of understanding, nor by any exterior guide, that it may receive 
satisfaction therefrom on this lofty road—it is completely deprived of all this 
by this thick darkness—yet its love alone, which burns at this time, and makes 
its heart to long for the Beloved, is that which now moves and guides it, and makes 
it to soar upward to its God along the road of solitude, without its knowing how 
or in what manner.</p>
<p class="normal" id="viii.xxv-p7">There follows the line:</p>

<blockquote id="viii.xxv-p7.1">
<p style="text-indent:0; text-align:center" id="viii.xxv-p8"><i>In the happy night.</i><note n="301" id="viii.xxv-p8.1">Thus end the majority of the MSS. Cf. pp. lxviii–lxiii, <i>Ascent of Mount Carmel</i> (Image Books edition), 26–27, on the incomplete 
state of this treatise. The MSS. say nothing of this, except that in the Alba de 
Tormes MS. we read: ‘Thus far wrote the holy Fray John of the Cross concerning the 
purgative way, wherein he treats of the active and the passive [aspect] of it as 
is seen in the treatise of the <i>Ascent of the Mount</i> and in this of the <i>
Dark Night</i>, and, as he died, he wrote no more. And hereafter follows the illuminative 
way, and then the unitive.’ Elsewhere we have said that the lack of any commentary 
on the last five stanzas is not due to the Saint’s death, since he lived for many 
years after writing the commentary on the earlier stanzas.</note>
</p></blockquote>
</div2>
</div1>


<div1 title="Indexes" progress="99.97%" prev="viii.xxv" next="ix.i" id="ix">
<h1 id="ix-p0.1">Indexes</h1>

<div2 title="Index of Scripture References" progress="99.97%" prev="ix" next="ix.ii" id="ix.i">
  <h2 id="ix.i-p0.1">Index of Scripture References</h2>
  <insertIndex type="scripRef" id="ix.i-p0.2" />



<div class="Index">
<p class="bbook">Genesis</p>
 <p class="bref">
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.xii-p2.2">21:8</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xviii-p5.2">28:12</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xix-p4.6">29:20</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xiii-p9.2">30:1</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xix-p6.5">30:1</a> </p>
<p class="bbook">Exodus</p>
 <p class="bref">
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xvii-p5.5">3:2</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xvii-p5.4">4:10</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xxiii-p8.3">7:11-22</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xxiii-p8.4">8:7</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.ix-p3.2">16:3</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xx-p3.4">32:31-32</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.xii-p3.2">33:5</a> </p>
<p class="bbook">Numbers</p>
 <p class="bref">
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.ix-p6.2">11:5-6</a> </p>
<p class="bbook">Deuteronomy</p>
 <p class="bref">
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xi-p5.2">6:5</a> </p>
<p class="bbook">Job</p>
 <p class="bref">
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xxiii-p7.2">1:1-11</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.xii-p4.2">2:7-8</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.ix-p8.6">3:24</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xi-p7.8">7:2-4</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.v-p8.4">7:20</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.v-p6.2">7:20</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.vii-p4.2">12:22</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.vii-p2.3">16:12-16</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.vii-p2.2">16:13-17</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.v-p8.2">19:21</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.v-p7.2">23:6</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.ix-p10.2">30:16</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.ix-p9.2">30:17</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xvii-p9.3">37:16</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xxiii-p9.2">41:25</a> </p>
<p class="bbook">Psalms</p>
 <p class="bref">
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xxiii-p6.3">6:11-12</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xii-p3.4">11:7</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xii-p3.5">12:6</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xxi-p6.2">16:4</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xxi-p6.3">17:4</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xvi-p12.2">17:12</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.v-p4.6">17:13</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xvi-p12.5">17:13</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xvi-p12.3">18:11</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.v-p4.7">18:12</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xvi-p12.6">18:12</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xxi-p8.4">24:15</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xxi-p8.5">25:15</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.vii-p5.2">29:7</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.vii-p5.3">30:6</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xvi-p14.2">30:21</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xvi-p14.3">31:20</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xx-p3.6">36:4</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xx-p3.7">37:4</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.ix-p8.2">37:9</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.xii-p9.2">38:3</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xii-p6.2">38:4</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.ix-p8.3">38:8</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.v-p6.4">38:12</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.xii-p9.3">39:2</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xii-p6.3">39:3</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.v-p6.5">39:11</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xx-p2.4">41:2</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.xi-p2.6">41:3</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xx-p2.5">42:1</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.xi-p2.7">42:2</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xii-p2.3">50:12</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.xiii-p14.2">50:19</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xii-p2.4">51:10</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.xiii-p14.3">51:17</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xx-p2.7">58:5</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xi-p4.3">58:10</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xi-p6.2">58:15-16</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xx-p2.8">59:4</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xi-p4.4">59:9</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xi-p6.3">59:14-15</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xi-p6.5">62:2</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.xii-p7.2">62:3</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xi-p6.6">63:1</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.xii-p7.3">63:1-2</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xix-p2.7">67:10</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.vi-p7.4">68:2-4</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xix-p2.8">68:9</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.vi-p7.5">69:1-3</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.xi-p2.2">72:21</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.viii-p3.2">72:22</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.xi-p2.3">73:21-22</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.viii-p3.3">73:22</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.xiii-p7.2">76:4</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.xiii-p7.5">76:7</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xvii-p8.4">76:19-20</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.xiii-p7.3">77:3-4</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.xiii-p7.6">77:6</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xvii-p8.5">77:18-19</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xix-p6.2">83:2</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xviii-p2.3">83:6</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xix-p6.3">84:2</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xviii-p2.4">84:7</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.ix-p8.5">84:9</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.ix-p8.6">85:8</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.vi-p3.3">87:6-8</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.vi-p4.2">87:9</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.vi-p3.4">88:5-7</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.vi-p4.3">88:8</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.v-p4.2">96:2</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.v-p4.3">97:2</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xix-p3.4">104:4</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xix-p3.5">105:4</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xix-p4.2">111:1</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xix-p4.3">112:1</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xx-p2.10">118:32</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xx-p2.11">119:32</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xxi-p8.7">122:2</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xxi-p8.8">123:2</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.vii-p4.4">138:12</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.vii-p4.5">139:12</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.vii-p4.8">142:3</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xix-p2.4">142:7</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.vii-p4.9">143:3-4</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xix-p2.5">143:7</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.i-p2.4">147:17</a> </p>
<p class="bbook">Proverbs</p>
 <p class="bref">
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xviii-p3.4">18:12</a> </p>
<p class="bbook">Song of Solomon</p>
 <p class="bref">
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xx-p3.9">1:1</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xxiii-p13.3">1:1</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xxi-p11.2">1:3</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xxi-p11.3">1:4</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xxiv-p5.2">3:1</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xix-p3.2">3:2</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xx-p4.2">3:4</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xxiii-p5.2">3:7-8</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xxi-p11.5">3:10</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xxi-p9.2">4:9</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xxiv-p4.5">5:7</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xiii-p8.5">5:8</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xix-p2.2">5:8</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.ix-p8.2">6:4</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xxiii-p6.2">6:10</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xiv-p4.2">8:1</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xxiii-p13.5">8:1</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xix-p5.2">8:5</a> </p>
<p class="bbook">Isaiah</p>
 <p class="bref">
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xvi-p12.8">5:30</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.xiv-p4.3">19:14</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xi-p7.12">26:9</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.ix-p7.2">26:17-18</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.xii-p6.2">28:9</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.xii-p5.4">28:19</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xx-p2.2">40:31</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.xii-p5.2">58:10</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.ix-p5.2">64:4</a> </p>
<p class="bbook">Jeremiah</p>
 <p class="bref">
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xvii-p5.2">1:6</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xix-p5.4">2:2</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.xiv-p5.4">31:18</a> </p>
<p class="bbook">Lamentations</p>
 <p class="bref">
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xii-p3.2">1:13</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.vii-p3.2">3:1-20</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.viii-p2.4">3:9</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.viii-p2.6">3:9</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.ix-p7.8">3:17</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.ix-p10.4">3:17</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.viii-p2.8">3:28</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xxi-p10.2">3:29</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.viii-p2.2">3:44</a> </p>
<p class="bbook">Ezekiel</p>
 <p class="bref">
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.vi-p6.2">24:10</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.vi-p6.4">24:11</a> </p>
<p class="bbook">Daniel</p>
 <p class="bref">
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xx-p4.5">10:11</a> </p>
<p class="bbook">Hosea</p>
 <p class="bref">
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.ii-p6.2">2:20</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xxi-p5.6">2:20</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xvi-p4.2">13:9</a> </p>
<p class="bbook">Jonah</p>
 <p class="bref">
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.vi-p2.2">2:1</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.vi-p4.6">2:3-6</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.vi-p4.5">2:4-7</a> </p>
<p class="bbook">Habakkuk</p>
 <p class="bref">
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.xii-p6.4">2:1</a> </p>
<p class="bbook">Matthew</p>
 <p class="bref">
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xx-p6.3">5:8</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xxiii-p4.3">6:3</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.ii-p3.2">7:3</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.xi-p5.3">7:14</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vi-p12.2">7:14</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.vii-p5.3">7:14</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xiv-p4.4">10:36</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.vii-p4.2">16:25</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.ii-p3.4">23:24</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.ii-p6.2">25:8</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xiii-p7.3">27:62-66</a> </p>
<p class="bbook">Luke</p>
 <p class="bref">
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xviii-p3.2">14:11</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.ii-p2.2">18:11-12</a> </p>
<p class="bbook">John</p>
 <p class="bref">
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xiii-p2.2">1:5</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xx-p6.5">3:2</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.iv-p8.2">3:6</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xx-p7.2">16:23</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xix-p3.7">20</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xiii-p7.2">20:1</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xiii-p8.2">20:15</a> </p>
<p class="bbook">Acts</p>
 <p class="bref">
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xvii-p5.7">7:32</a> </p>
<p class="bbook">Romans</p>
 <p class="bref">
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xxi-p12.2">8:24</a> </p>
<p class="bbook">1 Corinthians</p>
 <p class="bref">
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.ix-p5.3">2:9</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.viii-p6.2">2:10</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.vii-p2.4">13:6</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xx-p3.2">13:7</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.iii-p4.2">13:11</a> </p>
<p class="bbook">2 Corinthians</p>
 <p class="bref">
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.viii-p6.6">6:10</a> </p>
<p class="bbook">Ephesians</p>
 <p class="bref">
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xiii-p12.2">4:4</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.iii-p4.4">4:24</a> </p>
<p class="bbook">Philippians</p>
 <p class="bref">
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.ix-p7.4">4:7</a> </p>
<p class="bbook">1 Thessalonians</p>
 <p class="bref">
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xxi-p8.2">5:8</a> </p>
<p class="bbook">1 Peter</p>
 <p class="bref">
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xxi-p5.2">5:9</a> </p>
<p class="bbook">Revelation</p>
 <p class="bref">
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.viii-p4.3">3:8</a> </p>
<p class="bbook">Tobit</p>
 <p class="bref">
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.ix-p4.2">8:2</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.ix-p4.4">8:2</a> </p>
<p class="bbook">Wisdom of Solomon</p>
 <p class="bref">
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.vi-p7.2">3:6</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.x-p5.2">7:11</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.viii-p6.4">7:24</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.i-p3.2">9:15</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.ix-p3.4">16:21</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xxiv-p4.3">18:14</a> </p>
<p class="bbook">Baruch</p>
 <p class="bref">
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.xvii-p8.2">3:31</a> </p>
<p class="bbook">Sirach</p>
 <p class="bref">
 <a class="TOC" href="#vii.xiv-p5.2">34:9-10</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.x-p5.5">51:19-21</a>  
 <a class="TOC" href="#viii.x-p5.4">51:28-9</a> </p>
</div>




</div2>

<div2 title="Latin Words and Phrases" progress="99.99%" prev="ix.i" next="x" id="ix.ii">
  <h2 id="ix.ii-p0.1">Index of Latin Words and Phrases</h2>
  <insertIndex type="foreign" lang="LA" id="ix.ii-p0.2" />



<div class="Index">
<ul class="Index1">
 <li><a class="TOC" href="#viii.xii-p2.1">Cor mundum crea in me, Deus</a></li>
 <li><a class="TOC" href="#viii.xx-p5.2">Dum Deum in ignis visione suscipiunt, per amorem suaviter arserunt</a></li>
 <li><a class="TOC" href="#viii.xxiv-p4.1">Dum quietum silentium contineret omnia, et nox in suo cursu medium iter haberet, omnipotens sermo tuus Domine a regalibus sedibus</a></li>
 <li><a class="TOC" href="#viii.xxiii-p9.3">Omne sublime videt</a></li>
 <li><a class="TOC" href="#viii.xxiii-p13.1">Osculetur me osculo oris sui</a></li>
 <li><a class="TOC" href="#viii.xvii-p3.2">Propter hoc Gregorius (Hom. 14 in Ezech.) constituit vitam contemplativam in charitate Dei.</a></li>
 <li><a class="TOC" href="#vii.xiv-p4.1">Spiritus vertiginis</a></li>
 <li><a class="TOC" href="#viii.xviii-p6.2">Ut dicit Bernardus, Magna res est amor, sed sunt in eo gradus. Loquendo ergo aliquantulum magis moraliter quam realiter, decem amoris gradus distinguere possumus</a></li>
 <li><a class="TOC" href="#vii.iii-p2.3">agnusdei</a></li>
 <li><a class="TOC" href="#vii.iii-p2.1">agnusdeis</a></li>
 <li><a class="TOC" href="#viii.xi-p7.5">cervus</a></li>
 <li><a class="TOC" href="#viii.ii-p3.1">hebetudo mentis</a></li>
</ul>
</div>



</div2>
</div1>

<div1 title="Acknowledgments" prev="ix.ii" next="toc" id="x">
<added date="2010-02-17">
<h2>Acknowledgments</h2>
<p>The cover art for this book is a derivative work of <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/quikbeam/166330954/">http://www.flickr.com/photos/quikbeam/166330954/</a> and available for use under the Creative Commons Attribution Share-Alike 3.0 license.</p>
</added>
</div1>


</ThML.body>
</ThML>
